Owner’s Manual
2020 RLX
Sport Hybrid
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 0 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to Acura at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919
Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
NOTICE
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 1 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 33
For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 38 Airbags P. 45
2 Instrument Panel P. 75
Indicators P. 76 Gauges and Displays P. 112
2 Controls P. 127
Clock P. 128 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 129
Moonroof P. 151
Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Features P. 211
Audio System P. 212 Audio System Basic Operation P. 216
Customized Features P. 295 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 321
2 Driving P. 371
Before Driving P. 372 Towing a Trailer P. 377
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
P. 476 Surround View Camera System
*
P. 478
2 Maintenance P. 491
Before Performing Maintenance P. 492 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 495
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 517
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 531
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 539
Tools P. 540 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 541
Overheating P. 565 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 567
When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 582
2 Information P. 585
Specifications P. 586 Identification Numbers P. 588
Emissions Testing P. 591 Warranty Coverages P. 593
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 2 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Contents
Child Safety P. 60 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 72 Safety Labels P. 73
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 143 Security System P. 146 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 149
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 152 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 182 Climate Control System P. 200
Audio Error Messages P. 273 General Information on the Audio System P. 277
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 324 AcuraLink® P. 363
When Driving P. 378 Braking P. 450 Parking Your Vehicle P. 466
Refueling P. 488 Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 490
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 501 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 514
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 520 12-Volt Battery P. 529 Remote Transmitter Care P. 530
Cleaning P. 532 Accessories and Modifications P. 537
Power System Won’t Start P. 559 Jump Starting P. 562
Fuses P. 572 Emergency Towing P. 580 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 581
Refueling P. 583
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 589 Reporting Safety Defects P. 590
Authorized Manuals P. 595 Client Service Information P. 596
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 33
Instrument Panel
P. 75
Controls
P. 127
Features
P. 211
Driving
P. 371
Maintenance
P. 491
Handling the Unexpected
P. 539
Information
P. 585
Index
P. 600
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 3 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P 171)
❙ POWER Button (P 152)
❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button
(P 418)
❙ Parking Sensor System Button
*
(P 469)
❙ Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button (P 461)
❙ Navigation System
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙ Audio/Information Screen (P 225)
❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(P 217)
❙ Audio System (P 212)
❙ System Indicators (P 76)
❙ Gauges (P 112)
❙ Multi-Information Display
(P 114)
❙ Climate Control System (P 200)
❙ Rear Window Defogger/Heated Mirror/
Heated Windshield Button
(P 168)
❙ Headlight Washer Button (P 165)
❙ CAMERA Button
*
(P 479)
Canadian models
❙ Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System OFF
Button
(P 395)
❙ Front Seat Heater Buttons
*
(P 195)
❙ Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation
Buttons
*
(P 196)
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System OFF) Button
(P 440)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 4 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 155, 156)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P 392)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P 392)
❙ Horn (Press an area around .)
❙ Voice Control Buttons (P 232)
❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons
(P 324)
❙ Brightness Control (P 166)
❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow Buttons
(P 397, 402)
❙ TRIP Button (P 115, 116)
❙ Interval Button (P 397, 410)
❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
(P 397, 423)
❙ Right Selector Wheel (P 114)
❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button (P 194)
❙ Head-Up Display Buttons (P 119)
❙ Audio Remote Controls (P 215)
❙ CAMERA Button
*
(P 479)
❙ Wipers/Washers (P 163)
❙ MAIN Button (P 397, 403, 423)
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 5 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Power Window Switches (P 149)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P 48)
❙ Trunk Opener (P 143)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P 502)
❙
Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P 48)
❙ Glove Box (P 184)
❙ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P 52)
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 173)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P 141)
❙ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box
(P 577)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P 190)
❙ Memory Buttons (P 170)
❙ SET Button (P 170)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 172)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P 190)
❙ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Boxes (P 576)
❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch
(P 450)
❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P 454)
❙ SPORT Button (P 393)
❙ Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector
(P 385)
❙ USB Port (P 213)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P 213)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P 489)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 6 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Side Airbags (P 54)
❙ Map Lights (P 183)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 56)
❙ Seat Belts (P 38)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 69)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 65)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 67)
❙ Rear Seat
❙ Front Seat (P 175)
❙ Coat Hook (P 191)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Moonroof Switch
(P 151)
❙ Map Lights (P 183)
❙ Sunglasses Holder
(P 197)
❙ Power Rear Sunshade
Button
*
(P 198)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 7 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 501)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P 163, 517)
❙ Tires (P 520, 541)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 131)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P 173)
❙ Headlights (P 156, 514)
❙ How to Refuel (P 489)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P 516)
❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P 145)
❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P 143)
❙ Multi-View Rear Camera
*
(P 476)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P 515)
❙ Brake/Taillights (P 515)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 515)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P 516)
❙ Rear License Plate Lights (P 516)
❙ Taillights (P 515)
❙ Fog Lights
*
(P 159, 514)
❙ Surround View Camera System
*
(P 478)
❙ Trunk Release Button (P 144)
❙ Side Turn Signal Lights (P 155, 515)
❙ Front Turn Signal Lights (P 155, 156, 514)
❙ Parking/Daytime Running Lights (P 159, 514)
❙ Front Side Marker Lights (P 156, 515)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 8 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
9
Quick Reference Guide
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Your SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® vehicle uses both an electric motor and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with electric motors
receiving electricity from an internal High Voltage battery.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 9 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
10
Quick Reference Guide
*1:Upper: Head-up display, Lower: Audio/information screen
Operating
mode
EV Launch Engine Drive EV Cruising Power Acceleration
Vehicle
Speed
Launch Acceleration:
●
Rear Motor Drive
Gentle Acceleration:
●
Engine Drive
Low Speed Cruise:
●
Rear Motor Drive
Aggressive Acceleration:
●
Engine Drive
●
Motor Assist
Power Flow
Monitor
*1
Electric motors
Drive - / Drive Drive Drive
Generators - Generate / - - -
Engine Stopped Running Stopped Running
High Voltage
battery
Discharges Charges/Discharges Discharges Discharges
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 10 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
11
Quick Reference Guide
*1:Upper: Head-up display, Lower: Audio/information screen
Operating
mode
Engine Cruising Regeneration AWD Mode
Vehicle
Speed
High Speed Cruise:
●
Engine Drive
Deceleration:
●
Front & Rear Regeneration
Slippery Condition:
●
Engine Drive
●
Front Generation
●
Rear Motor Drive
Power Flow
Monitor
*1
Electric motors
Drive Regenerate Drive
Generators Generate Regenerate Generate
Engine Running Stopped Running
High Voltage
battery
Charges/Discharges Charges Charges/Discharges
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 11 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Energy Efficiency
As with a gasoline-powered vehicle, hybrid vehicle fuel efficiency and driving range is most impacted by your driving style. Aggressive
acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine.
In addition, heavy climate control system use negatively affects vehicle range and efficiency. Either of these use patterns will more quickly
reduce the High Voltage battery’s state of charge.
Battery Types
There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle; a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and
other standard 12-volt systems; and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motors and recharge the 12-volt battery.
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking
When decelerating without the accelerator being depressed or the brake pedal being applied, or while driving downhill, the electric motors
act as generators that recovers a portion of the electrical energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle. This regenerative braking slows the
vehicle in a manner similar to engine braking in a gasoline-powered vehicle.
When the high voltage battery is fully charged or its condition is affected by extreme temperatures or other factors, regenerative braking
may not work.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 12 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Auto Engine Stop/Start
Your vehicle’s gasoline engine will automatically stop and start during vehicle operation as needed to meet driving and battery conditions.
These are some examples that could cause the gasoline engine to automatically start.
In the following cases, however, Auto Engine Stop may not activate.
● The vehicle momentarily needs additional power for aggressive acceleration, or driving uphill or at high speed.
● The climate control system is in heavy use.
● The High Voltage battery temperature is high or low.
● The High Voltage battery state of charge is low.
When in SPORT mode, Auto Engine Stop does not activate.
Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® System
When you first start driving this vehicle, you will likely hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you turn on the power system, or
while you are driving or accelerating from a stop. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control
systems; others are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a
vehicle of this design.
These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise
should one develop.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 13 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Safety Precautions
Do not touch the High Voltage system
Attempting to take a High Voltage system component apart or disconnect one of its wires
can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure that any maintenance or repairs to the High
Voltage system is performed by a Acura dealer.
If a crash occurs
●Be careful of electric shock hazard.
uIf a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of electrical shock
due to exposed High Voltage components or wires. If this happens, do not touch any of the High
Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.
●Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.
uThe High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that could leak as a result of a severe
crash. Avoid skin or eye contact with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you accidentally come into
contact with the electrolyte, rinse the exposed skin or flush your eyes with copious amounts of water
for at least five minutes, and seek medical attention immediately.
●Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.
uAttempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water, from a garden hose for
instance, can be dangerous.
●Anytime the vehicle is damaged in a crash, have it repaired by an Acura dealer.
Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System
If the vehicle is involved in a crash, the emergency shutdown system will activate depending
on the severity of the impact. When the system activates, the High Voltage system
automatically shuts down, and the vehicle can no longer move under its own power. To
return the High Voltage system back to normal operation, consult an Acura dealer.
Acura collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles – consult an Acura
dealer for more information.
Do not cover the air intake.
If the air intake is obstructed
during vehicle operation, the High
Voltage battery can become too
hot. To protect the battery, the
system may limit the battery’s
output and cause the power
system and 12-volt battery
charging system indicators to come
on.
Air Intake
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 14 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving (P 33)
Airbags (P 45)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P 60)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 72)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P 37)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P 38)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 15 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel (P 75)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
System Message
Indicator
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Low Temperature
Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges (P 112)/Multi-Information Display (P 114)/
Head-Up Display
(P 119)/System Indicators (P 76)
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Keyless Access System
Indicator
High Voltage
Battery Charge
Level Gauge
Security System
Alarm Indicator
Fuel Gauge
Tachometer
Multi-Information Display
Speedometer
Gear Position
Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode Gear Selection
Indicator
Electric Parking Brake
System Indicator
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
SPORT Mode Indicator
Blind spot information
System Indicator
System Indicators
Collision Mitigation
Brake System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
High Temperature
Indicator
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) Indicator
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Fog Light Indicator
*
Head-Up Display
READY Indicator
POWER SYSTEM
Indicator
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 16 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Controls (P 127)
Clock (P 128)
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
You can also adjust the time manually.
a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Clock (P 128)
b Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c Rotate to change minute, then
press .
POWER Button (P 152)
Press the button to changes the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals (P 155)
Lights (P 156)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 17 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P 163)
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situation in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain present
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
(-: Low Sensitivity
(+: High Sensitivity
MIST
OFF
AUTO: Wiper speed varies automatically
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Steering Wheel (P 171)
● To adjust, push and hold the adjustment
switch to move the steering wheel to the
desired position.
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P 140)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it in one motion.
● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door
from the inner handle unlocks all the
other doors.
Trunk (P 143)
● To unlock and open the trunk:
• Press the trunk opener on the driver’s
door.
• Press the trunk release button on the
keyless access remote.
• Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid.
Trunk Opener
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 18 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P 173)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
● Press the folding button to fold in and
out the door mirrors.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button
Power Windows (P 149)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 19 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System (P 200)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. (P 236)
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Switch
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
(driver’s side only)
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents, and back of
the center console.
Air flows from dashboard vents
and back of the center console.
AUTO Button
Passenger’s Side Temperature
Control Switch
(On/off) Button
Driver’s Side Temperature
Icon
Passenger’s Side Temperature
Icon
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(Windshield Defroster) Button
Driver’s Side Mode Control
Icon
A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronized) Icon
Passenger’s Side Mode Control
Icon
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode
Icon
Fan Control Icon
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 20 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Features (P 211)
Audio system (P 216)
For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Audio/Information Screen
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
(Power) Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
SETTINGS Button
VOL (Volume) Knob
BACK Button
NAV Button
AUDIO Button
INFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
PHONE Button
Preset Icons
*1
(Tune Up) Icon
*1
Source
*1
(Tune Down) Icon
*1
Tune
*1
More
Button
Shortcuts
*1
MENU Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 21 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Audio Remote Controls
(P 215)
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®/CD/HDD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth®
Audio/Pandora®
*
/AUX.
● Left Selector Wheel
Roll to adjust the volume up/down.
Radio:Shift to change the preset station.
Shift and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/HDD/USB device:
Shift to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Shift and hold to change a folder.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 22 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Driving (P 371)
Electronic Gear Selector (P 385)
● Always depress the brake pedal before selecting
(P or changing the gear position from (P.
● Select
(P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.
● Gear selection
Park
Press the
(P button.
Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Press back the
(R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the
(N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the
(D button.
Used for normal driving.
The sequential shift mode can be used.
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator
and the shift button indicator
indicate the current gear
selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button
Indicator
READY Indicator
On: You can start to drive.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 23 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Paddle Shifters (P392)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 7th). This is useful for regenerative
braking.
● D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the system
detects that the vehicle is cruising.
● Sequential mode gear selection:
Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator
comes on, when the SPORT mode
is on.
● The sequential mode gear
selection is shown in the
instrument panel.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down
(-
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
M (sequential
mode) Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 24 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
25
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® On and Off (P 440)
● The Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
system helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you turn on the power system.
● To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
CMBS
TM
On and Off
(P 461)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
● The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
turn the power system on.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P 445)
● The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you turn on the power system.
Refueling (P 488)
a Press the fuel fill
door release button.
b After refueling, wait
for about five
seconds before
removing the filler
nozzle.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or
higher
Fuel tank capacity: 15.1 US gal (57 L)
Wait for five seconds
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 25 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
26
Quick Reference Guide
AcuraWatch
TM
(P 396)
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located in the front grille and a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the
windshield, behind the rearview mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is in
the front grille.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
(P 402)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P 421)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P 416)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) (P 458)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
Traffic Jam Assist (P 428)
The traffic jam assist system uses a radar
sensor mounted inside the front grille and a
camera mounted to the upper portion of
the windshield to detect and monitor left
and right white (yellow) traffic lane lines as
well as any vehicle ahead. Based on inputs
from the radar sensor and camera, the
system adjusts the speed of your vehicle to
maintain a set interval between your vehicle
and the one detected ahead. It also applies
steering torque to keep your vehicle in the
center of the detected lane when you are
driving in heavy traffic.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 26 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
27
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance (P 491)
Under the Hood (P 501)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and inverter coolant. Add
when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then
raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights (P 514)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P 517)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires (P 520)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 27 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
28
Quick Reference Guide
Handling the Unexpected (P 539)
Flat Tire (P 541, 553)
● Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the tire repair kit, or replace
the flat tire with the compact spare tire
*1
.
Indicators Come On
(P 567)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire kit
Power System Won’t Start
(P 559)
● If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start
using a booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P 572)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating (P 565)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the power system and the engine
cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P 580)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 28 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
29
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P 456)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in
the LOCK position. If so, open the
rear door with the outside door
handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever to the UNLOCK position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 29 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
30
Quick Reference Guide
Why does a buzzer sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The buzzer sounds if you move outside the walk away auto
door lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 To lock (Walk Away Auto Door Lock) (P 133)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P 570)
Pressing the electric
parking brake switch does
not release the parking
brake. Why?
Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 30 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
31
Quick Reference Guide
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other
position.
Why does the gear position
automatically change to
(P
when I open the driver’s
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear
position.
2 When opening the driver’s door (P 388)
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or
higher is recommended.
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 31 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
32
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 32 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
33
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 34
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 36
Safety Checklist ................................. 37
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 38
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 41
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 44
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 45
Types of Airbags ................................ 48
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 48
Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 52
Side Airbags....................................... 54
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 56
Airbag System Indicators.................... 57
Airbag Care ....................................... 59
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 60
Safety of Infants and Small Children... 62
Safety of Larger Children ................... 70
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 72
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 73
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 33 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
34
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 34 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
35
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 35 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
9
10
11
12
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt
e-pretensioners
7
7
10
10
9
9
11
11
6
12
8
Knee Airbag
8
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 36 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
37
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 139
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 178
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 41
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 60
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
the multi-information display, a door and/or the
trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 100
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 37 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
38
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body.
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 67
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 38 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
39
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 60
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 39 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
40
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or
the driver’s knee airbag.
Are the motor-powered pretensioners that
start to retract the front seat belts when the
CMBS
TM
, brake assist system, or VSA® system
is in operation. They may also activate when
you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is
impacted. After being retracted, the seat belts
are slackened to their original positions.
As convenience features, the e-pretensioners
slightly retract the seat belts when you latch
the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal
more aggressively than you normally do, or
make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you
release the seat belt buckle.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
■
Seat Belt e-pretensioners
1Seat Belt e-pretensioners
If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no
components need to be replaced.
The e-pretensioners may not work if:
• Supplemental Restraint System Indicator is on.
• Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) System Indicator is
on.
• A warning message for e-pretensioners appears on
the multi-information display.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 40 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
41
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
When you or the front passenger insert the
latch plate into the buckle, the front seat
belt retracts automatically.
2 Seat Belt e-pretensioners P. 40
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 41 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
42
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 42 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
43
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 43 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
44
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 44 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
45
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
9
13
7
9
9
9
11
10
9
8
6
9
12
6
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 45 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
46
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side
curtain airbags are deployed according to
the direction and severity of impact. Both
side curtain airbags are deployed in a
rollover. The airbag system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is
stored under the steering column. It is
marked SRS AIRBAG.
c Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
e An electronic control unit that, when the
power mode is in ON, continually
monitors information about the various
impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors,
rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat
belt tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
The front seat belt tensioners also include
the e-pretensioners.
g A driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
i Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l Safing Sensor
m A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 46 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
47
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 47 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
48
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 48 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
49
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 49 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
50
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help to save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might
occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help to reduce
the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 50 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
51
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
P. 58
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 533
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat Weight
Sensors
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 51 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
52
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
Driver’s Knee Airbag
The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by
the vehicle’s other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to
deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may
inflate alone.
■
Housing Locations
1Driver’s Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee
airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation
of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 52 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
53
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
■ When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 53 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
54
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 54 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
55
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 55 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
56
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 56 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
57
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.
■ When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 57 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
58
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger front airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 60
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:
• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.
• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
• An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 58 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
59
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-866-78-ACURA.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 59 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
60
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 60 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
61
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 73
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 61 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
62
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 45
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor
in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual
weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 62 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
63
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
secured forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height
limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 63 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
64
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 64 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
65
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 65 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
66
Safe Driving
3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
rear center seat
Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner
and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard
distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance
between the two inner anchors is 16.9 inches (430
mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing. Before seating
a child, make sure that the system is properly
attached to both the lower anchors and tether
anchors.
3
WARNING
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the rear center
seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
for that system permit the use of inner
anchors with the stated spacing.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 66 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
67
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 67 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
68
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 68 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
69
uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position. If you have a child
restraint system that comes with a tether but
can be installed with a seat belt, the tether
may be used for additional security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Tether Anchorage Points
CoverAnchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Outer Position
Center Position
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 69 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
70
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 70 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 71 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
72
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not turn the power system on with the garage
door closed. Even when the garage door is open,
drive out of the garage immediately after turning the
power system on.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 72 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
73
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Radiator Cap
Dashboard
Sun Visors
U.S. models Canadian models
U.S. models only
Radiator Cap
High Voltage System Components
U.S. models
Canadian models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 73 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
74
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 74 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
75
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 76
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages...................... 94
Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 112
Multi-Information Display ................ 114
Head-Up Display .............................. 119
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 75 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
76
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when the brake fluid level
is low.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
• Comes on while driving - Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes
on while driving P. 568
• Comes on along with the brake system
indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a
safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The
brake pedal becomes harder to operate.
Depress the pedal further than you
normally do.
• Comes on along with the ABS indicator
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 568
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
• Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
power system starts.
• Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
• Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 567
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 76 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Electric Parking
Brake Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off if the parking brake has
been released.
• Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is
released.
• Comes on for about 15 seconds then
goes off when you pull the electric
parking brake switch with the power
mode in OFF.
• Comes on for about 15 seconds then
goes off when you set the power
mode to OFF with the parking brake
applied.
• Blinks and the electric parking brake
system indicator comes on at the same
time - There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake
may not be set.
• Comes on when you press the
electric parking brake switch without
depressing the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal to release the
parking brake.
2 Parking Brake P. 450
Electric Parking
Brake System
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the electric parking brake system.
• Comes on while driving - Avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator Comes On P. 569
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 77 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
—
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 78 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
a system related to braking other
than the conventional brake system.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the cooperative control with
regenerative braking, the electric
servo brake system, or the hill start
assist system.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds
and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a
dealer immediately.
• With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the automatic brake hold system.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 79 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
POWER SYSTEM
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the electric vehicle system.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
READY Indicator
• Comes on when the vehicle is ready
to drive.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 80 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
• Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off either
when the power system is on or after
several seconds if the power system
did not turn on. If “readiness codes”
have not been set, it blinks five times
before it goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control system.
• Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s
cylinders is detected.
• Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 591
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the power system for 10 minutes or more,
and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the
vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 568
12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator
• Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
power system is on.
• Comes on when the 12-volt battery
is not charging.
• Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger in
order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On P. 567
Gear Position
Indicator
• Indicates the current gear position.
2 Shifting P. 385
—
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 81 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission
System Indicator
• All the gear positions may light for
several seconds, and go off.
• When all the gear positions light,
immediately stop your vehicle in a safe
place.
• Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your
vehicle to a dealer for inspection.
• The current gear position blinks if
the transmission system has a
problem.
• Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts
and acceleration and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
• The current gear position or all the
gear positions blink if there is a
problem with the transmission and
the vehicle is no longer able to run.
• Immediately park your car in a safe place.
2 Emergency Towing P. 580
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• The current gear position or all the
gear positions blink if there is a
problem with the transmission and it
is not possible to select
(P.
• Depending on the circumstances, you can
set the power system to ON as an
emergency measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator
Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 571
• While the vehicle is stopped, apply the
parking brake.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 82 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode
Gear Selection
Indicator
• Comes on when the manual
sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 391
—
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
• Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you set the power mode to ON.
• If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on a
few seconds later.
• Blinks while driving if either you and/
or the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
• The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten
their seat belts.
• Stays on after you and/or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt(s)
- A detection error may have occurred in
the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 39
Low Fuel
Indicator
• Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.8 U.S.
gal/7.0 Liter left).
• Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
• Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
• Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 83 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability
but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 456
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Driver’s knee airbag
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
• Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
• Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
power system is on.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 569
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 84 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
High
Temperature
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Blinks when the engine coolant
temperature goes up, and stays on if
the temperature continues to rise.
• Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to
prevent overheating.
• Stays on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place and allow the engine to
cool.
2 Overheating P. 565
Low Temperature
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when the engine coolant
temperature is low.
• If the indicator stays on after the engine has
reached normal operating temperature,
there may be problem with the
temperature sensors. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
—
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Blinks when VSA® is active.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 439
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®)
OFF Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when you partially disable
VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 440
—
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 85 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on if the tire pressure of any
of the tires becomes significantly
low.
• Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
• Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire
*
is temporarily installed.
• Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is
fitted with a compact spare
*
, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
System Message
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.
• While the indicator is on, roll the right
selector wheel to see the message again.
• Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the multi-information display. Take the
appropriate action for the message.
• The multi-information display does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the right selector
wheel is rolled.
—
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
• Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
• Blink along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard warning
button.
• Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 514, 515
—
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 86 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
High Beam
Indicator
• Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Lights On
Indicator
• Comes on whenever the light switch
is on, or in AUTO when the exterior
lights are on.
• If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or VEHICLE OFF while the exterior lights are
on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door
is opened.
—
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the auto high-beam
are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 160
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
• Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
2 Fog Lights
*
P. 159
—
Immobilizer
System Indicator
• Comes on briefly when you set the
power mode to ON, then goes off.
• Blinks if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
• Blinks - You cannot start the power
system. Set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF, then select the ON mode again.
• Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
• Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 87 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Security System
Alarm Indicator
• Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 146
—
Keyless Access
System Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the keyless access system
or keyless starting system.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
SPORT Mode
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on when you press the
SPORT button.
2 SPORT Mode P. 393
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 88 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the RDM system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
• Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
• Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
• Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 89 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC with Low Speed Follow.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents the
sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
• May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has
been automatically canceled.
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator does not go off even after you
clean the sensor cover.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow Indicator
(Green)
• Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow P. 402
—
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 90 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
• Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 421
2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 428
—
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 91 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind spot
information
System Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Stays on while the blind spot
information system is turned off.
—
• Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.
• Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind spot information System P. 443
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the system.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Collision
Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on when you deactivate the
CMBS
TM
. A multi-information display
message appears for five seconds.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the CMBS
TM
.
• Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 458
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 92 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
• Comes on when the CMBS
TM
shuts
itself off.
• Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator does not go off even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 458
• Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The
system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 93 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
94
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the
system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the vehicle is no longer able to run due
to its malfunction.
• Immediately stop in a safe place.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
• Appears if you cannot select (P due to a malfunction. • While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake.
• Depending on the circumstances, you can set the
power system to ON as an emergency measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message P. 571
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears if the transmission is in a position other than
(N and a malfunction is preventing the system from
starting.
• Depending on the circumstances, you can set the
power system to ON as an emergency measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message P. 571
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when you set the power mode to ON again
and the vehicle is able to run.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 94 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
95
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the washer fluid is low. • Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 513
• Appears if there is a problem with e-pretensioner
system.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
• Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display P. 497
• Appears if the temperature of the transmission is too
high and the vehicle cannot drive normally.
• It may be difficult to accelerate or start uphill.
• Immediately stop in a safe place.
• Until the message goes off, allow the engine to idle so
that the transmission can cool down.
• Immediately after the message goes off, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when you attempt to change to another gear
position with the transmission in (P and the power
system OFF.
• To select another gear position while in (P, the power
system must be ON.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 95 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
96
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with transmission and it is
not possible to select (R.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the
transmission is in (N.
• Release the accelerator pedal. After that, depress the
brake pedal and change the transmission position.
• Appears when you press and hold the (N button for
more than two seconds.
• Disappears when you set the gear position to other
than (N.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position (car wash mode) P. 389
• Appears when you change to (N, then release the (N
button.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position (car wash mode) P. 389
• All gear positions come on when the transmission is
operated.
• Acceleration is not possible while the indicator is on.
• Goes off a few seconds later if there is no problem.
• After the indicator goes off, you can drive normally.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 96 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
97
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the 12-volt battery.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 529
• Appears when the starter system has a problem. • As a temporary measure, press and hold the POWER
button for up to 15 seconds while depressing the brake
pedal and manually turn on the power system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
• Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 POWER Button P. 152
• Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 97 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
98
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the keyless access remote inside the
vehicle.
• Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 154
• Appears when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak.
• Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 530
• Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak
to turn on the power system or the key is not within
operating range to turn on the power system.
A beeper sounds six times.
• Bring the keyless access remote in front of the POWER
button to be touched with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 560
• Appears three seconds after you bring the keyless
access remote in front of the POWER button when To
Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button appears. To
Start Vehicle: Brake + Push appears sequentially.
• Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of
the POWER button, this message does not appear.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 560
• Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378
• Appears if you press the POWER button while the
vehicle is moving.
2 Emergency Power System Off P. 561
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 98 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
99
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you set the power mode to ON without
fastening the driver’s seat belt.
• Appears when you change the gear position after
(P
has been automatically selected with the driver’s door
open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake
pedal is released.
• Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
2 Shift Operation P. 387
• Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
• Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
• Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
a shift button.
• Appears when the parking button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
• Appears if you change the gear position to
(R while the
vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is
reversing.
• Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 99 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
100
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the electric system.
• Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.
• Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking
brake.
• Continue driving if the message goes off soon after.
• If there is a problem with the transmission system, the
transmission system indicator comes on.
2 Transmission System Indicator P. 82
• Appears if you press the POWER button within five
seconds of putting the transmission into (N.
• The transmission remains in (N for 15 minutes, then
automatically switches to (P.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position (car wash mode) P. 389
• Appears if the vehicle is stopped and the driver’s seat
belt is unfastened, as there is a possibility that the
vehicle may roll.
• When the vehicle is idling or when you are parking or
exiting the vehicle, put the transmission into (P before
releasing the brake pedal.
2 Shift Operation P. 387
• Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely
closed.
• Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.
• Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.
• Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic vehicle
alerting system.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 100 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
101
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the radiator system. • Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
• Appears when there is a problem with the headlights. • Appears while driving - The low beam headlights
may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive
safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
• Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system.
• Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even
after you clean the area, have the system checked by a
dealer.
• Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
• Immediately depress the brake pedal.
• Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
Models with
parking sensor
system
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 101 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
102
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
• Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the
automatic brake hold is in operation.
• Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
• Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 454
2 Parking Brake P. 450
• Appears if there is a problem with the auto high-beam. • Manually operate the headlight switch.
• If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
• Appears when the area around the camera on the
windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, etc.
• Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
• If the message does not disappear after cleaning the
lens, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 102 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
103
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears after the 12-volt battery charging system
indicator comes on.
• Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
harder to start on an incline.
• Contact a dealer immediately.
• Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature is
too low to operate (approx. -22°F [-30°C] or below).
• You can start the engine and use the climate control
system to warm up the interior, which will also warm
the High Voltage battery enough for you to drive the
vehicle.
• The engine speed does not increase even if you fully
depress the accelerator pedal.
• Appears when the High Voltage battery and other
system control temperatures are too low to operate
(approx. -40°F [-40°C] or below).
• You must wait for an increase in the ambient
temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
• Contact a dealer if necessary.
• Appears when the rear motor fluid temperature is
extremely low.
• The vehicle speed is temporarily limited up to 74 mph
(120 km/h). This is canceled after the fluid temperature
rises.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 103 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
104
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if the AWD system has a problem due to a
hybrid system or power distribution control failure.
• Set the power mode to OFF, then set it back to ON.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
appears again.
• Appears when the High Voltage battery is running
extremely low due to continuous slow driving.
• Driving at low speed for a long time decreases the
amount of electricity generated, leading to High
Voltage battery drain.
• Appears when the High Voltage battery is drained even
further and a stop is needed to charge the battery.
• Stop in a safe place in (P, then charge the High Voltage
battery by letting the engine idle.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 567
• Appears when the High Voltage battery is being
charged, after it has lost most of its charge. In this case,
the vehicle is parked and the engine is running to
supply power to the charging system.
• Do not drive the vehicle until READY indicator comes
on.
• Apply the parking brake.
2 READY Indicator P. 80
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 104 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
105
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.
• Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 458
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
automatically canceled.
• You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves.
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when the vehicle in front of you starts moving
while your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
Low Speed Follow.
• Either press the RES/+/SET/– switch, or depress the
accelerator pedal.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with
Low Speed Follow is in operation.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you is too close.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 105 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
106
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with Low
Speed Follow.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when the transmission is put into any position
other than (D while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in
operation.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the transmission is not in
(D.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 106 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
107
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph
(40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the
ACC with Low Speed Follow range while ACC with Low
Speed Follow is in operation.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 107 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
108
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the parking brake is applied.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Parking Brake P. 450
• Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in
operation.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Parking Brake P. 450
• Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is
depressed.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
• Appears if ACC with Low Speed Follow is canceled
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with
Low Speed Follow.
• Immediately depress the brake pedal.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 108 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
109
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
• Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 421
• Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected line.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected line. The system also steers
the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.
• Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 416
• You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Narrow, Normal, Wide, and
Warning Only can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 295
• Appears when the vehicle is likely to drive out of a
detected line.
- The system steers the vehicle to help you remain
within your driving lane.
—
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Narrow, Normal, or Wide
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Narrow
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 109 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
110
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• If you are providing little or no steering input, the
indicator blinks and a beeper sounds.
• Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
• Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically
and a beeper sounds.
u Traffic jam assist also cancels if it is experiencing a
problem.
• If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 76
• Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the power system is on by two-way keyless access
remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback P. 380
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 110 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
111
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover and
prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 458
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 416
2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 428
• Appears if the temperature inside the camera is too
high.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 458
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 421
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 416
2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 428
• Appears when the area around the camera is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
• Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 458
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 402
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 421
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 416
2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 428
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 111 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
112
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, High Voltage battery
charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power
mode is set to ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the needle approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 112 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
113
uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges
Instrument Panel
Shows the remaining High Voltage battery charge level.
■
High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
The High Voltage battery charge level may decrease
under the following conditions:
• When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.
• When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
• When the High Voltage battery control system
corrects its reading.
The charge level reading will be corrected
automatically while driving.
Changes in the temperature of the High Voltage
battery can increase or decrease the battery’s
charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the
battery’s capacity to change, the number of
indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also
change, even if the amount of charging remains the
same.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 113 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
114
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display
The multi-information display displays the odometer, trip meter, outside
temperature, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as
warnings and other helpful information.
■ Main displays
Roll the right selector wheel to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
Right Selector Wheel
Engine Oil Life
Elapsed Time
Blank Screen Average SpeedRangeInstant Fuel
Economy/Average
Fuel Economy
Compass
Tire Pressure for
Each Tire
Current Mode for
ACC with Low Speed
Follow, the LKAS,
and Traffic Jam
Assist
Head-up Display
Content
This message shows
when ACC with Low
Speed Follow, the
LKAS, and Traffic
Jam Assist are off.
Turn-by-Turn
Directions
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 114 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
115
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ Lower displays
Press the TRIP button to change the display.
Odometer Trip A Trip B
Outside temperature
TRIP Button
TRIP
TRIP
TRIP
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 115 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
116
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset the trip meter, display it, and then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading by up to ± 5°F (U.S.) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the
temperature reading seems incorrect.
Use the audio/information screen to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or
l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset,
the average fuel economy is also reset.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when the average fuel economy is
reset.
2 Customized Features P. 295
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 116 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
117
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimated distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and traffic jam
assist.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control P. 414
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 421
2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 428
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, the LKAS,
and Traffic Jam Assist
1Elapsed Time
You can change when the elapsed time is reset.
2 Customized Features P. 295
1Average Speed
You can change when the average speed is reset.
2 Customized Features P. 295
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 117 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
118
Instrument Panel
The navigation system shows you turn-by-turn directions to your destination.
When the navigation system is not providing driving guidance, an image of a
compass appears in the multi-information display.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 495
Shows the tire pressure of each tire.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 445
Shows the display for changing the head-up display content.
2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 121
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
■
Engine Oil Life
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
■
Head-Up Display Content
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn
display come on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 295
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 118 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
119
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Head-Up Display
Shows the power distribution monitor, current mode for ACC with Low Speed
Follow, LKAS, and traffic jam assist, tachometer, gear position indicator, or turn-by-
turn directions along with the vehicle speed. You can choose which item to be
displayed using the multi-information display. They are displayed when the power
mode is in ON.
To turn the head-up display on and off: Press the HUD button.
The display can be moved up and down to come level with your eyes.
To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the or button until
the desired position is reached.
3
4
Button
3
Button
4
HUD Button
Head-Up Display
Press and hold the button
to raise the display.
3
Press and hold the button
to lower the display.
4
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 119 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
120
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
The display also shows the following
warnings.
• System Message Indicator: Appears
when a problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information display
appears at the same time.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning
and Information Messages P. 94
• Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines,
the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 421
• Head-up Warning Lights:
Flash when the BRAKE message appears
on the multi-information display.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 458
Come on when the BRAKE message
appears on the multi-information display.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow P. 402
Lane Departure Warning
System Message Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 120 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
121
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
To change the item that comes on along with the vehicle speed on the head-up
display, do the following:
1. Roll the right selector wheel to select Head-
up Display Content on the multi-
information display, then push the right
selector wheel.
2 Switching the Display P. 114
■
To Change Head-Up Display Content
1To Change Head-Up Display Content
Accessing the Head-up Display Content menu on
the multi-information display turns on the head-up
display.
When pushing the right selector wheel on any display
on the multi-information display, you can also access
the Head-up Display Content menu.
Right
Selector
Wheel
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 121 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
122
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
2. Roll the right selector wheel to select the vehicle information you want to display,
then push the right selector wheel.
u The head-up display and multi-information display show the same content.
Head-Up Display
Multi-
Information
Display
Right
Selector
Wheel
Power Distribution Monitor,
Vehicle Speed
Current Mode for ACC with Low
Speed Follow, the LKAS, and
Traffic Jam Assist, Vehicle Speed
Tachometer, Gear
Position Indicator,
Vehicle Speed
Vehicle Speed
Turn-by-Turn Directions,
Vehicle Speed
Compass, Vehicle
Speed
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 122 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
123
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions as a bar graph.
Shows the current gear selection.
2 Gear Position Indicator P. 81
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and traffic jam
assist.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control P. 414
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 421
2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 428
The navigation system shows you turn-by-turn directions to your destination.
When the navigation system is not providing driving guidance, an image of a
compass appears in the head-up display.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Vehicle Speed
■
Tachometer
■
Gear Position Indicator
■
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, the LKAS,
and Traffic Jam Assist
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the
customized features on the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 295
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn
display come on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 295
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 123 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
124
Instrument Panel
Consists of two monitoring displays, one that indicates the vehicle’s power flow,
and the other, the torque distribution.
■ Power flow monitor
Shows motor and engine power flow, indicating what supplies power to the vehicle,
or if the battery is being charged.
■
Power Distribution Monitor
Head-up display Color of
indicators
Power is
supplied by the
motors and the
engine.
Blue
Power is only
supplied by the
motors.
Blue
Power is only
supplied by the
engine.
Blue
The motors
charge the High
Voltage battery.
Green
1Power Distribution Monitor
The power distribution monitor can be also displayed
on the audio/information display.
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 225
While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the display.
Engine Icon
(Engine on)
Power Flow
Indicator
Engine Icon
(Engine off)
Power Flow
Indicator
Engine Icon
(Engine on)
Power Flow
Indicator
Engine Icon
(Engine on)
Power Flow
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 124 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
125
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
Instrument Panel
■ SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® torque distribution monitor
The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to each
wheel or regenerative energy being supplied to the High Voltage battery.
2 SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
P. 442
Torque Indicator
How much torque is being
transferred is shown in
four scales. The indicators
appear in blue.
How much regenerative
braking is being supplied to
the High Voltage battery is
shown in three scales. The
indicators appear in green.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 125 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
126
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 126 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
127
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 128
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Type and Functions ................... 129
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength......................................... 130
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 131
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 139
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 141
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 142
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 143
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 146
Security System Alarm...................... 146
Opening and Closing the Windows
.... 149
Moonroof .......................................... 151
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
POWER Button................................. 152
Turn Signals..................................... 155
Light Switches.................................. 156
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 159
Daytime Running Lights ................... 159
Auto High-Beam .............................. 160
Wipers and Washers ........................ 163
Brightness Control ........................... 166
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror/Heated
Windshield Button ......................... 168
Driving Position Memory System ...... 169
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 171
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 172
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 173
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats ...................................... 175
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items
Interior Lights .................................. 182
Interior Convenience Items .............. 184
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200
Automatic Climate Control Sensors......209
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 127 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
128
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does
not need to be adjusted.
You can also adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the
power mode in ON.
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Clock tab.
4. Rotate to select Clock Adjustment,
then press .
5. Rotate to change hour, then press .
6. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Hour
Clock/Wallpaper Type
System settings
Clock Display
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 128 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
129
Continued
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Type and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to turn on and off the power
system, to lock and unlock the doors and to
open the trunk. You can also use the keyless
access system to lock and unlock the doors
and trunk.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
keyless access remote until it clicks.
1Key Type and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 146
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust or sand.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power
system may not activate, and the remote transmitter
may not work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely turn the power system on using the
remote engine start.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback P. 380
■
Built-in Key
Built-in Key
Release Knob
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 129 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
130
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to activate the power system.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or activating
the power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot activate the
power system, contact a dealer.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote
and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 130 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
131
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless access remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and open the
trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the trunk within about
32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk
release button.
■
Using the Keyless Access System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you unlock
the doors.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked: The lights go off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 182
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 131 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
132
Controls
■ Locking the doors and trunk
Press the door lock button on the front or rear
door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and trunk lock; and
the security system sets.
1Using the Keyless Access System
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while
someone else with the remote is within range.
• The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless access remote is within range.
• If you grip a front or rear door handle wearing
gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or
may not respond by unlocking the doors.
• After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
• The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
• Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless access remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
• The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the door and door glass.
Door Lock
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 132 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
133
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors and trunk (Walk
away auto lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the keyless access remote, the doors
will automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors are closed, and the keyless access
remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access
remote and close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and
remain outside this range for 2 or more
seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors will then lock.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the audio/information screen.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 295
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the keyless access
remote will continue to flash until the doors are
locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until all doors are closed.
When all doors have been closed and the keyless
access remote is inside the vehicle, or if the keyless
access remote is not detected within about 5 feet
(1.5 m) of the vehicle, auto lock function will not be
activated.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 133 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
134
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the keyless remote on you, move out
of the auto lock function operation range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
• The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
• A door or the hood is not closed.
• The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The keyless access remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
• You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The keyless access remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close
a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
In the case that the keyless remote is out of operating
range when you close a door or the trunk, a beeper
will sound to indicate that the auto lock function has
been canceled.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 134 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
135
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and trunk
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s or rear door
handle:
u All the doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u A beeper will sounds.
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 144
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system,
the doors will automatically relock.
When you go into the keyless access system working
range with all the doors locked, the front and rear
door outer handle ambient lights come on for 30
seconds.
The lights do not come on if you have previously
stayed within the range for more than five minutes,
or the doors have been locked for a few days.
The feature activates again after you drive the
vehicle, then lock the doors.
The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be
customized using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Trunk Release
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 135 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
136
Controls
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.
*1:
Checking Door Lock Status P. 138
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 530
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
LED
*1
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 136 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
137
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If the lock or unlock button of the remote does not work, use the key instead.
Fully insert the key and turn it.
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
■ Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm
activates when you open the hood before the power
mode is set to ON.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Lock
Unlock
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
When you lock the front passenger’s door with the
master door lock switch, all the other doors lock at
the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 137 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
138
Controls
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless access remote from extended
distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds
one of the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
■
Checking Door Lock Status
1Checking Door Lock Status
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range of
unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as
the standard keyless access remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 136
When checking the door lock status, you can also
turn the power system on or off.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback P. 380
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 138 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
139
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 139 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
140
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the audio/information screen.
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 141
Inner Handle
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 140 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
141
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
unlock at the same time.
To Unlock
To Lock
Master Door Lock Switch
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Unlock
Lock
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 141 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
142
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks and unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is
met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 295
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 142 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
143
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 72
Using the Trunk Opener
Pressing the trunk opener on the driver’s door
unlocks and opens the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 582
Trunk Opener
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 143 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
144
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button
Controls
Using the Trunk Release Button
Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 582
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the keyless access remote.
u The beeper sounds.
Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
1Using the Trunk Release Button
• A person who is not carrying the keyless access
remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
• If you forget the remote inside, the beeper will
sound and the trunk will not close.
• If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
move the keyless access remote away from the
trunk and close again.
• The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the trunk.
Trunk Release
Button
Trunk
Release
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 144 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
145
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener
Controls
Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Pull the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Lever
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 145 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
146
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use
electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER
button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key, then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system, or the
power mode is set to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
The security system alarm continues for a maximum
of two minutes until the security system alarm
deactivates.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 146 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
147
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless
access system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key, remote
transmitter or keyless access system, or when the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the trunk with the trunk opener on the
driver’s door or the emergency trunk opener.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may activate
once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or
keyless access system.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 147 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
148
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 148 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
149
Continued
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power
window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not pushed in,
indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s
seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close
Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it stops closing and reverses direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 149 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
150
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it. If
the windows and moonroof stop midway,
repeat the procedure.
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows and
moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.
■
Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote
Unlock
Button
■
Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key
Close
Open
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 150 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
151
Controls
Moonroof
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly,
then release.
■
Using the Moonroof Switch
1Using the Moonroof Switch
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes
after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows and Moonroof with
the Remote P. 150
2 Opening/Closing the Windows and
Moonroof with the Key P. 150
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Close
Open
Tilt
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 151 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
152
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
POWER Button
■
Changing the Power Mode
1POWER Button
POWER Button Operating Range
You can start the power system when the keyless
access remote is inside the vehicle.
The power system may also start if the keyless access
remote is close to a door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.
ON mode:
The POWER button is on (in red), if the power system
is on.
If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting
low, the power system may not start when you press
the POWER button. If the power system does not
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 560
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned
off.
Press the button.
Without pressing
the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in
this position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 152 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
153
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
Continued
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 153 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
154
Controls
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If
the buzzer continues even after the remote is
put back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the multi-information display notifies the
driver inside that the remote is outside of the
vehicle.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the
system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is
closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the power system has been turned on, you can
no longer change the POWER button mode or
restart the power system. Always make sure if the
remote is in your vehicle when you operate the
POWER button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the
dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the
warning buzzer to activate. Under some other
conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating
the remote, the warning buzzer may also activate
even if the remote is within the system’s operational
range.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 154 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
155
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 155 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
156
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■ Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in
(P.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of
(P and the
parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 87
Do not leave the lights on when the power system is
off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to
discharge.
Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic
headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts
the vertical angle of the headlights. If you find a
significant change in the vertical angle of the
headlights, there may be a problem with the system.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side
marker, tail, and rear license plate
lights
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 156 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
157
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights comes on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 295
Setting
The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
Light Sensor
Bright
Dark
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 157 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
158
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, take the remote with you,
and close the driver’s door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF with the headlight switch on, but do not
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in
the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Headlight Integration with Wipers
*
This feature activates when the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 158 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
159
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel uFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is AUTO, or in .
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights go off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting dark outside.
1Fog Lights
*
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 159 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
160
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
Auto High-Beam
The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the
lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at
night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high
beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator
comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in AUTO.
• The lever is in the low beam position.
• The headlights have been automatically
activated.
• It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have
been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on.
• Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate
in every situation. This system is just for assisting the
driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch
the headlights between high beam and low beam
manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can
recognize varies depending on conditions
surrounding your vehicle.
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
• Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
• Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
• Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
■
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Light Switch
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 160 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
161
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
■ Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam
When auto-high beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low
beam based on the following conditions.
■ Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam
If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam,
follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high-
beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever:
Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about
one second while driving.
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will
come on.
Using the light switch:
Turn the light switch to .
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system
may not switch the headlights properly or the
switching timing may be changed. In case of the
automatic switching operation does not fit for your
driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
• The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
• Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
• Surrounding light sources, such as street lights,
electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating
the road ahead.
• The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
• The road is bumpy or has many curves.
• A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or
oncoming direction.
• Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
• A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle.
• The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers.
• The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low
beam when:
• Windshield wipers are operating at a high speed.
• The camera has been detected a dense fog.
Switching to high beam:
All of the following conditions must
be met before the high beams turn
on.
• Your vehicle speed is 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
• There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights
or taillights turned on.
• There are few street lights on the
road ahead.
Switching to low beam:
One of the following conditions
must be met before the low beams
turn on.
• Your vehicle speed is 15 mph (24
km/h) or less.
• There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or
taillights turned on.
• There are many street lights on
the road ahead.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 161 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
162
Controls
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or
on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the
vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
once, release the lever.
■
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Auto High-Beam Cannot Operate: Clean
Windshield message appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system
does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or
on.
AUTO Position
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 162 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
163
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Continued
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, AUTO, LO, HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
■
Windshield Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
If the wipers stop operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF, then remove
the obstacle.
MIST
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
AUTO
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 163 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
164
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
• Cleaning the windshield
• Driving through a car wash
• No rain present
You can change the automatic intermittent wiper
setting in the AUTO position.
Rain Sensing, Intermittent, and Speed Sensitive
can be selected.
Rain Sensing: Default setting.
Intermittent: You can adjust the intermittent time
using the adjustment ring.
Speed Sensitive: You can adjust the intermittent
time using the adjustment ring. In addition, the
intermittent time becomes a few seconds shorter
when the vehicle speeds up.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 164 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
165
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Turn the headlights on and press the
headlight washer button to operate.
The headlight washers also operate when you
turn the windshield washers for the first time
after the power mode sets to ON.
■
Headlight Washers
Canadian models
1Headlight Washers
The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as
the windshield washers.
Headlight
Washer
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 165 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
166
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Press the
(+ button.
Dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness, you will be returned to the
previous screen.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the multi-
information display while you are adjusting it.
■
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
1Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper
*
is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, press the
(+ button
until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
(+ Button
(- Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 166 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
167
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
When the head-up display is on, press and
hold the HUD button until its brightness level
indicator on the multi-information display.
Brighten: Press the button.
Dim: Press the button.
Several seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness, you will be returned to the
previous screen.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the multi-
information display while you are adjusting it.
■
Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
Button
3
Button
4
HUD Button
3
4
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 167 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
168
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror/Heated Windshield Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror/Heated
Windshield Button
Press the rear defogger, heated door mirror,
and heated windshield button to defog the
rear window and mirrors, and to deice the
windshield when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger, heated door mirrors, and
heated windshield automatically switch off
after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside
temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror/Heated Windshield Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged or deiced.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
power system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-
volt battery, making it difficult to turn the power
system on.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door
mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
When the outside temperate is below 39°F (4°C) and
the windshield defroster is turned on, the heated
windshield may automatically activate.
The heated windshield deactivates itself once the
windshield defroster is turned off or the outside
temperate reaches 43°F (6°C).
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 168 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
169
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Continued
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door
mirror positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless
access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat
adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.
The steering wheel and the seat will move to the stored position when you set the
power mode to ACCESSORY.
When you enter the vehicle, the multi-information display briefly shows you which
remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward and steering
wheel fully up depending on the set seating
position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in
(P.
• Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat and steering wheel
moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors
adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 295
You can change the driver’s seat easy exit feature
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
• The vehicle speed is above 2 mph (3 km/h).
• Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat, steering wheel or the outside mirror is in
motion.
• The seat, steering wheel or the outside mirror
position is adjusted while in operation.
• The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 169 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
170
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the
door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press memory button
(1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button.
u You will hear two beeps, and the
indicator light on the button you pressed
stays on once the seat, the steering
wheel, and the outside mirror positions
have been memorized.
1. Change to
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).
u You will hear the beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat, the steering wheel and the door
mirrors will automatically move to the
memorized positions. When it has finished
moving, you will hear two beeps, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the
outside mirror position before the double-beep.
• You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
SET Button
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will
stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or
(2).
• Adjust the seat, the steering wheel or the door
mirror position.
• Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Memory Buttons
SET Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 170 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
171
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
Push and hold the adjustment switch to move
the steering wheel in, out, up or down.
Make sure you can see the instrument panel
gauges and indicators.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Adjustment Switch
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 171 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
172
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror and power door
mirrors
*
reduce the glare from headlights
behind you, based in inputs from the mirror
sensor. This feature is always active.
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door
Mirrors
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 175
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
Sensor
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 172 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
173
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Continued
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■ Folding door mirrors
Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the transmission into
(R; this improves close-
in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you take
the transmission out of
(R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
Selector
Switch
Folding Button
Adjustment
Switch
■
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Slide the selector switch to left
or right to tilt down either side
door mirror.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 173 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
174
Controls
■ Folding in the door mirrors
Press the lock button on the keyless access remote, or press the door lock button on
any door.
u The mirrors start folding in automatically.
■ Folding out the door mirrors
Press the unlock button on the keyless access remote, or grab the door handle on
any door.
u The mirrors start folding out automatically.
■
Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
You can turn the automatic folding door mirror
function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 295
1Folding out the door mirrors
You cannot turn the automatic folding out
automatically if they have been folded in using the
folding button.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 174 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
175
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately depress the pedals without
leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the front power seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
Horizontal
Position
Adjustment
Height
Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 175 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
176
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
Press the top: To increase the higher part of
the lumbar support.
Press the bottom: To increase the lower part
of the lumbar support. (The higher part
support is decreased.)
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Higher part of
the Lumbar
support
Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
Switch
Lower part of
the Lumbar
support
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 176 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
177
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 177 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
178
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
■
Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions
1Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any object between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 178 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
179
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 179 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
180
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power
system is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 180 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
181
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 181 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
182
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless whether
the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF.
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF but
do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 295
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any doors open, the interior lights go off
after about 15 minutes.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the power system is off.
Door Activated Position
Off
On
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 182 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
183
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the (map light) button.
Front
Rear
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 183 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
184
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Press the release button to open the glove
box.
■ Removable shelf
The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.
The removable shelf can be stored upside
down in the glove box.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove BoxRelease Button
Tab
Shelf
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 184 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
185
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
You can lock the glove box, trunk, and/or
navigation system, entering a PIN code from
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
To lock:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Valet.
3. Select the item you want to be PIN-
protected from the locked area, then select
OK.
■
Valet Mode
1Valet Mode
If you need to give the key to someone else, lock the
cover in the rear center seat-back first, and give the
keyless access remote without a built-in key as a valet
key.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 582
Locked Area
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 185 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
186
Controls
4. The previous code is displayed. Select OK.
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the display. Select OK.
When you enter the PIN code for the first time
or if you want to change the code:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Valet.
3. Select the item you want to be PIN-
protected from the locked area, then select
OK.
4. Enter your selected four-digit PIN code,
then select OK.
5. You will be asked to enter the same four-
digit PIN code again. Enter, then select OK.
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the display. Select OK.
To unlock:
1. Select Valet.
2. Select Unlock.
3. Enter the four-digit PIN code you have
previously selected, then select OK.
1Valet Mode
The PIN code entering screen also appears when you
press:
• The glove box open button
• The trunk release button on the trunk, on the
remote, or the trunk opener on the driver’s door
While the glove box or the trunk is PIN-protected.
If you have locked all the items of the locked area, the
PIN code entering screen appears with the power
mode in ACCESSORY.
You can cancel the valet mode when you manually
open the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 582
If you have only set Navi, Phone, Audio PIN-
protected but forgot your four-digit PIN code, you
need to go to a dealer to have the set valet mode
reset.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 186 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
187
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Your vehicle has a multi-function center
console. It includes a storage compartment,
an armrest, and a sliding tray.
Push the button on either side of the console
compartment to open the console
compartment.
You can put small items in the sliding tray
located in the console compartment lid. To
use the tray, push the button, then slide the
console compartment lid out fully. To close
the lid, push the button. It is automatically slid
back.
■
Console Compartment
1Console Compartment
The console compartment light comes on when the
parking lights are on.
Button
Sliding Tray
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 187 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
188
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Slide the lid using the release knob to use the
center pocket.
To close it, push the release knob. It is
automatically slid back.
■
Center Pocket
Knob
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 188 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
189
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To
close the lid, push it down until it latches.
■ Front door beverage holders
■ Rear seat beverage holders
The rear beverage holders are in the rear seat
armrest. Open the beverage holders by pulling
the latch up on the front.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Push
Latch
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 189 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
190
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Center pocket
Open the lid and the cover to use it.
■ Console compartment
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power
socket with the power system on.
When both sockets are being used, the combined
power rating of the accessories should not exceed
180 watts (15 amps).
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 190 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
191
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle
of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
There is a coat hook on the door pillar of both
sides.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 191 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
192
Controls
The tie-down anchors on the trunk floor can
be used to install a net for securing items.
The cargo hooks in the trunk can be used to
install a net for securing items.
■
Tie-down Anchors
1Tie-down Anchors
Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,
placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far
forward as possible.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 375
Hook
■
Cargo Hooks
1Cargo Hooks
Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,
placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far
forward as possible.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 375
Hook
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 192 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
193
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
In addition to the larger cargo area, the trunk
incorporates a small shelf above the High
Voltage (HV) battery module that can carry up
to 15 lbs (7 kg). Do not exceed this capacity.
The cargo net can be used to help hold down
items stored in the trunk.
In the event a flat tire, a tire repair kit is
provided beneath the trunk floor.
2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 541
■
Cargo Area
1Cargo Area
NOTICE
Heavy objects may damage the trunk shelf.
Make sure any items put on the shelf weigh less than
15 lbs (7 kg).
Tiered Storage Area
Cargo Net
U.S. models
Canadian models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 193 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
194
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the
steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the
vehicle.
■
Heated Steering Wheel
1Heated Steering Wheel
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the power system is off. Under such conditions,
the 12-volt battery may be weakened, making the
power system difficult to start.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 194 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
195
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
■
Front Seat Heaters
*
1Front Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 195 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
196
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters and ventilation.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation
button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
■
Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation
*
1Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation
*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the power system is off. Under such
conditions, the 12-volt battery may be weakened,
making the power system difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 196 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
197
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
There is no heater in the rear center seating
position.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■
Rear Seat Heaters
1Rear Seat Heaters
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Push
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 197 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
198
Controls
The power rear sunshade can be operated with the power mode in ON.
To raise: Press the button.
To lower: Press the button again.
When the transmission is put into
(R, the rear
sunshade lowers automatically.
u If the vehicle is travelling at 10 mph (15
km/h) or more, or if the transmission is
put into
(P, the sunshade returns to its
original position.
Even if the power mode is switched to OFF,
the sunshade can be operated for
approximately 1 minute.
■
Power Rear Sunshade
*
1Power Rear Sunshade
*
If the sunshade stops while moving, check for and
clear any obstacles, then push the button again.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the sunshade on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the sunshade before opening or closing it.
Front
Rear
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 198 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
199
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
■
Expanded Rear Door Sunshades
*
1Expanded Rear Door Sunshades
*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. Using the shade while a window is open can
unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and possibly
hurting anyone sitting near the window.
Hook
Tab
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 199 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
200
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the power system is on.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control switch.
3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel.
In addition to the button/switch operations, you can control the climate control
system from the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
touch screen.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed
while using the climate control system in auto, the
function of the button/icon that was pressed will take
priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s
ID (
Driver 1
or
Driver 2
) is detected, and the climate
control settings are turned to the respective mode
automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
The High Voltage battery level being low may reduce
the climate control system performance.
(On/off) Button AUTO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Driver’s Side
Temperature
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 200 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
201
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■
Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
1Using Automatic Climate Control
You can store two customized climate control
settings to the system and recall them from the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 Shortcuts P. 218
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronized) Icon
Driver’s Side
Vent Mode Icon
Driver’s Side
Temperature Control
Icon
Recirculation/
Fresh Air mode
Icon
Passenger’s Side
Vent Mode Icon
Fan Control Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Control
Icon
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 201 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
202
Controls
■ Changing the interior temperature setting
1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side
temperature control.
2. Change the temperature setting from the
following:
Temperature bar: Select a point where your
desired temperature setting is.
Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the
right for a higher setting.
3/4: To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold 3/4, the
temperature decreases or increases.
MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down
the interior.
u The AUTO indicator comes on. The
setting returns to the previously selected
value when you select it again.
MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the
interior.
u The AUTO indicator comes on. The
setting returns to the previously selected
value when you select it again.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
When you set the MAX COOL or MAX HEAT, MAX
COOL or MAX HEAT is displayed.
The side you selected.
Temperature Bar
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 202 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
203
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■ Switching the vent mode
1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side vent
mode.
2. Select a desired vent mode icon, or Driver
Mode Auto (driver’s side)/Passenger
Mode Auto (passenger’s side): The system
automatically selects the vent mode most
suitable to the ambient environment.
Vent mode
: Dashboard vents and back of the center
console
: Dashboard and floor vents, and back of
the center console
: Floor vents
: Floor and defroster vents (driver’s side
only)
■ A/C on and off
1. Select A/C.
2. Select ON or OFF.
1Switching the vent mode
While the climate control system is in auto, Driver
Mode Auto or Passenger Mode Auto is
highlighted.
The side you selected.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 203 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
204
Controls
■ SYNC on and off
1. Select SYNC.
2. Select ON for synchronization mode, and
OFF for dual mode.
u When in synchronization mode, the
passenger’s side temperature and vent
mode become the same as the driver’s
side settings.
3. Adjust the temperature or change the
mode from the driver’s side.
■ Changing the fan speed
1. Select .
2. Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is
for a slower speed, and the larger for a
faster speed.
(+/(-: To go up or down one level at a
time.
Fan AUTO: The system automatically
selects the fan speed most suitable to the
ambient environment.
1SYNC on and off
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and vent mode, and the passenger’s
side temperature and vent mode can be set
separately.
You can also return to dual mode by changing the
passenger’s side temperature or switching the vent mode.
The system adjusts each temperature based on the
information of the sunlight sensor and the sun
position updated by the navigation system’s GPS.
1Changing the fan speed
While the climate control system is in auto, Fan
AUTO is highlighted.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 204 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
205
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
1. Select , or currently
shown.
2. Switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions to the following:
(recirculation mode): Recirculates air
from the vehicle’s interior through the system.
(auto mode): Automatically switch
between the recirculation and fresh air modes
most suitable to environmental conditions. If
the ambient temperature is low, the mode
may not change to recirculation to keep the
windows from fogging up.
(fresh air mode): Maintains outside
ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.
1Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
While the climate control system is in AUTO, is
highlighted.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 205 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
206
Controls
■ Shortcuts
You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode
settings to the climate control system.
To store a set of the climate control settings:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Adjust the climate control system to your
preference.
2 Climate Control System P. 200
3. Select Climate.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Add.
6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
store your settings to.
To recall one of the settings:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Climate.
3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2.
To delete a preset:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Climate.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to
delete.
1Shortcuts
You can also store a set by pressing and holding the
preset number you want to store that setting after
step 3.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 206 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
207
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Select the recirculation mode.
2 Switching between the recirculation
and fresh air modes P. 205
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 207 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
208
Controls
You can set the rear passenger compartment
temperature different than the driver’s, using
the rear temperature control dial.
■
Rear Temperature Control Dial
1Rear Temperature Control Dial
The rear temperature can be adjusted when the
climate control system is on.
Dial up to raise
the temperature.
Dial down to lower
the temperature.
Rear
Temperature
Control Dial
Position of driver’s
temperature
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 208 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
209
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 209 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
210
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 210 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
211
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 212
USB Port .......................................... 213
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 213
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 214
Audio Remote Controls.................... 215
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 216
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
....... 217
Audio/Information Screen ................ 225
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 230
Display Setup ................................... 231
Voice Control Operation .................. 232
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 237
Playing SiriusXM® Radio ................... 242
Playing a CD .................................... 245
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ... 248
Playing an iPod ................................ 258
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)...................... 262
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 266
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 268
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 271
Audio Error Messages
CD Player......................................... 273
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio............ 274
iPod/USB Flash Drive ........................ 275
Pandora® ......................................... 276
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service ................... 277
Recommended CDs ......................... 278
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash
Drives ............................................ 280
Honda App License Agreement........ 281
License Information ......................... 293
About Open Source Licenses............ 294
Customized Features........................ 295
Defaulting All the Settings ............... 319
Deleting all HDD Data...................... 320
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ... 321
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 324
HFL Menus ...................................... 326
AcuraLink® ........................................ 363
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 211 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
212
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play
audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio, USB flash drives, and
iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 277
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized
sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the
screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If
this is disturbing, please operate the screen without
polarized sunglasses.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 212 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
213
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port
Features
USB Port
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash
drive to the USB port.
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect standard audio
devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1USB Port
• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
• Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
• We recommend your data backed up before using
the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to the AUX mode by selecting
Change Source on the Audio menu screen or
Source on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 213 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
214
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the
system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 214 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
215
uuAudio System uAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the multi-information display or head-up display.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® CD HDD USB
iPod Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
AUX
Left Selector Wheel
Roll Up: To increase the volume.
Roll Down: To decrease the volume.
Push: To mute. Push again to unmute.
• When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station.
Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station.
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to a CD, HDD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Move to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
Move to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
• When listening to a CD, HDD or USB flash drive
Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder.
Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora®
*
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next station.
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 215 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
216
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or MENU button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection. Move right, left, up or down to
select a secondary menu.
MENU button: Press to select any mode. The
available mode includes Sound, Change
Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset,
Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes.
Play modes can be also selected from Scan,
Random/Repeat, and so on.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the audio/information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment
using the interface dial.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Voice Control System
The navigation system is voice operable.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select a secondary menu.
Audio Menu Items
2 Sound P. 230
2 Refresh Station List P. 239
2 Save Preset P. 238, 244
2 Radio Text P. 240
2 Music Search P. 246, 250, 260, 269
2 Scan P. 240, 247, 251, 270
2 Random/Repeat P. 247, 251, 261, 270
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.
Interface Dial
MENU ButtonBACK Button
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 216 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Continued
Features
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to operate the audio system.
Select Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source.
Select More to display the menu items.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / / / icons to turn the page.
X
1Selecting an Audio Source
You can change the order of source icons displayed.
1. Select Source, , then Edit Order.
2. Select two icons, then select Done.
The locations of these icons are switched.
To go back to the original display order, select
Default.
Source
Edit
Order
■
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Source.
Source List Icons
Select More.
Menu Items
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 217 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
218
Features
You can preset the settings of four categories
(Places, Phone, Climate, Audio) from
Shortcuts.
■
Shortcuts
1Shortcuts
The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected
from the power source, such as when the 12-volt
battery is disconnected or goes dead.
Shortcuts Icon
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 218 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
■ Places
You can store up to six addresses, and the home address for your preset
destinations.
To store an address on the selected preset
number:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Places.
3. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
4. Select Add.
u All the six preset icons appear.
5. Select the preset number to which you
want to store an address.
6. The screen changes to a list of addresses
stored in your address book.
7. Select an address you want to store as a
preset.
To enter one of the preset addresses, or
Home as your destination:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Places.
3. Select a preset number or Home.
u The system starts to calculate the route
to your selected destination.
1Places
See the Navigation System Manual for how to store
address book entries, and enter your home address.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 219 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
220
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
To delete a preset address:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Places.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select the preset number with the destination you want to delete.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 220 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
■ Phone
You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset
numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 330
To preset a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry
preset or an existing preset.
u The screen changes to a list of previously
stored speed dial entries.
6. Select a number you want to store as a
shortcut.
To make a call from a speed dial entry:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select a preset number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1Phone
Dial icon
You can make a call using the keyboard on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to input numbers.
2 To make a call using a phone number
P. 351
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 221 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
222
Features
To delete a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Delete.
6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.
To make a call from call history:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Call History.
4. Select a phone number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1Phone
The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or
missed calls.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 222 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
■ Audio
You can store up to six radio stations, and HDD audio album/play lists when playing
AM, FM, or SiriusXM® radio, or HDD audio.
To preset a station or song:
1. Tune to a radio station or select a song from
HDD audio.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 237
2 Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 242
2 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
P. 248
2. Select Shortcuts.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
6. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station or song to.
To play a preset station or song:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station or song:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select the preset icon with the radio station
or a song you want to delete.
1Audio
You can also preset a station or song by pressing and
holding the preset icon you want to store that station
or song after step 3.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 223 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
224
Features
1. Select More, then Sound.
2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1. Select More, then Screen Settings.
2. Use
(+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
■
Adjusting the Sound
1Adjusting the Sound
Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 230
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
You can also adjust the sound by selecting on
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
■
Changing the Screen Settings
1Changing the Screen Settings
The following are adjustable screen settings:
• Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
• Brightness
• Contrast
• Black Level
• Display
Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes.
• Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
• Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
• Vibration
Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the
screen.
• Fade Timer
Sets the screen black out timing.
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 224 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the NAV, PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding
display.
■
Switching the Display
AudioInfoNavigation Phone
AUDIO
Button
NAV
Button
PHONE
Button
INFO
Button
Models with surround view camera
system
Models without surround view
camera system
AUDIO
Button
NAV
Button
PHONE
Button
INFO
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 225 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
226
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Navigation
Shows the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ Phone
Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 324
■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate
to select an item, then press .
■ Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range, instant and average fuel economy, and EV/total drive of the
current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
■ Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
■ Deleting the history manually
1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .
2. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 226 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Power Distribution Monitor
Consists of two monitoring displays, one that
indicates the vehicle’s power flow, and the
other, the torque distribution.
1Power Distribution Monitor
The power distribution monitor is also displayed on
the head-up display. See Power Distribution
Monitor on P. 124 for details.
While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the display.
The High Voltage battery charge level gauge shows
the current High Voltage battery charge level.
The amount shown here is the same level as the
gauge amount shown in the instrument panel.
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
P. 113
High Voltage
Battery
Charge Level
Gauge
Engine Icon
Torque
Indicator
Torque
Indicator
Power Flow Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 227 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
228
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1.
Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.
2 USB Port P. 213
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
4. Move or to select the Clock tab.
5. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper
Type, then press .
6. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
7. Move to select Add New Wallpaper,
then press .
8. Rotate to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
9. Press , then move to select Start
Import.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
• The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
• The individual file size limit is 6 MB.
• The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
• Up to 255 files can be selected.
• If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 228 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
3. Move or to select the Clock tab.
4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .
5. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
6. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
7. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Rotate to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
3. Move or to select the Clock tab.
4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .
5. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
6. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
7. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
8. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
9. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview
and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select
OK, or press the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 229 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
230
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following
choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 224
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
MENU Button
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Subwoofer
SVC
Center
DTS Neural
Surround
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 230 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Display tab.
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Others tab.
4. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press .
5. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 231 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
232
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation of most of
the navigation system functions.
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on
the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice commands.
2 Voice Portal Screen P. 233
• Close the windows and moonroof.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
• Refer to the Voice Help feature.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 232 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
When the (Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.
You can see the list of commands in Voice
Info on the Info menu screen. Select Info,
then select .
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
■
Voice Portal Screen
■ Phone Call
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone call command, the screen will
change the dedicated screen for the voice
recognition of the phone.
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
■ Music Search
This can be only used when the iPod or HDD
device is connected.
■ Voice Help
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Navigation Commands
• Useful Commands
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• On Screen Commands
• Music Search Commands
• General Commands
• Climate Control Commands
• All Commands
• Voice Settings
• Getting Started
■ Navigation
The screen changes the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 233 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
■ Audio
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
• Audio On
*1
• Audio Off
*1
• FM
• AM
• SXM
• Disc
• HDD
• USB
• iPod
• Bluetooth® Audio
• Pandora
*
• AUX
2 Audio Commands P. 235
*1: These commands toggle the function on and
off, so the command may not match your
intended action.
■ Climate Control
The screen changes the climate control
screen.
2 Climate Control Commands P. 236
The system accepts these commands on the
voice portal top screen.
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
• What time is it?
• What is today’s date?
■
Useful Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the phone.
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
■
Phone Commands
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 234 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
■ Radio FM Commands
• Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
• Radio FM preset <1-12>
■ Radio AM Commands
• Radio tune to <530-1710> AM
• Radio AM preset <1-6>
■ Radio SXM Commands
• SXM channel <0-999>
• Radio SXM preset <1-12>
■ Disc Commands
• Disc play
• Disc play track <1-30>
■ HDD Commands
• HDD play
• HDD play track <1-30>
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■
Audio Commands
■ iPod Commands
• iPod play
• iPod play track <1-30>
• Music Search
• What album is this?
• What am I listening to?
■ USB Commands
• USB play
• USB play track <1-30>
■ Bluetooth® Audio Commands
• Bluetooth® Audio play
NOTE:
Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work
on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio
devices.
■ Pandora Commands
*
• Pandora play
■ AUX Commands
• AUX play
The system accepts the voice command
operation of the voice recognition screen.
■
On Screen Commands
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 235 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
236
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
The system accepts these commands on the
Music Search screen.
■ Using Song By Voice
Song By Voice
TM
is a feature that allows you
to select music from your iPod or HDD
device using Voice Commands. To activate
this mode, you must press the (Talk)
button and say: “Music Search”.
■ Song By Voice Commands
• Music Search
• What am I listening to?
• Who am I listening to?
• Who is this?
• What's playing?
• Who's playing?
• What album is this?
■
Music Search Commands
■ Play Commands
• Play artist <Name>
• Play album <Name>
• Play song <Name>
• Play composer <Name>
• Play genre <Name>
• Play playlist <Name>
■ List Commands
• List artist <Name>
• List album <Name>
• List composer <Name>
• List genre <Name>
• List playlist <Name>
• What time is it?
• What is today's date?
■
General Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
Climate control screen.
• Climate Control Automatic
• Climate Control On
*1
• Climate Control Off
*1
• Air conditioner On
*1
• Air conditioner Off
*1
• Defrost On
*1
• Defrost Off
*1
• Vent
• Dash and Floor
• Floor Vents
• Floor and Defrost
• Fan Speed Up
• Fan Speed Down
• Fan Speed <1-7>
• Temperature Up
• Temperature Down
• Temperature Max Heat
• Temperature Max Cool
• Temperature <57-87> Degrees (U.S.)
• Temperature <18-32> Degrees (Canada)
*1: These commands toggle the function
on and off, so the command may not match
your intended action.
■
Climate Control Commands
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 236 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
237
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Tune Up/Down Icons
Select or to tune the radio frequency.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Source
Select to change a band or change
an audio source.
Tune
Select to switch to tune mode.
Preset Icons
Select to store a station.
To listen to a stored channel, select
1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to search up
and down the selected band for
a station with a strong signal.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
Scan
Select to sample each of the
strongest stations on the selected
band for 10 seconds.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 237 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
238
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Move or to select the Preset tab.
3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.
4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing AM/FM Radio
You can control the AM/FM radio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 215
You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU
button and selecting Change Source on the Audio
menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 238 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Move or to select the Station List
tab.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press
.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
You can also update a station by the following procedure.
1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 239 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
240
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■ Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 237
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 240 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■ HD subchannel
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select HD Subchannel, then press .
3. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
Select the or when the subchannel number is displayed.
You can also select the channel by the following procedure.
1. Select More.
2. Select HD Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 241 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
242
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
Audio/Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Category Up/Down Icons
Select or to display and select
an SiriusXM® Radio category.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Tune
Select to switch to tune mode.
Preset Icons
Select to store a station.
To listen to a stored channel, select
1-12.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
Scan
Select to sample each of the
strongest stations on the selected
band for 10 seconds.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to the previous
or next channel.
In channel mode, select and hold
to change the channel rapidly.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 242 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 215
2 On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
P. 217
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Channel List, then press .
4. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or
the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.
To change the tune mode:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select XM Tune Mode.
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■
To Play the SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 243 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
244
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Move or to select the Preset tab.
3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.
4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store that station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 244 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD
slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the beginning of the
previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track/file.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Scan
Select to use a scan feature.
Random
Select to use a random feature.
Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 245 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
246
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
You can control a CD audio using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Folder Selection
File Selection
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 246 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a CD P. 245
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a CD P. 245
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-
second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 247 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have
been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play
the tracks using various search methods.
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD
slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next playlist/
album, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous playlist/album.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change tracks.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display
or cancel a setting.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
SETTINGS Button
Press to go the Setting menu screen.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Random
Select to use a random feature.
Scan
Select to use a scan feature.
Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 248 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically
recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs
directly from the HDD.
2 Customized Features P. 295
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Cancel Record to HDD, then press .
When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be
manually recorded to the HDD.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Rec to HDD, then press .
■
Recording a Music CD to HDD
1Recording a Music CD to HDD
You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can
mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on
the HDD.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 252
2 Editing Track Information P. 255
If you turn the power system off or the audio system
is turned off while recording a CD, there may be
pauses between songs when you play back from the
HDD.
Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available
during recording.
You can play music from other sources (e.g.,
SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording.
Please note that there is no compensation offered in
the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or
the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.
Clearing the HDD
Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 320
■
Stop Recording
■
Recording a CD Manually
Album AAA
Artist AAA
10
01’23”
Track AAA01
Recording Indicator
Recording
Ready to record
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 249 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
250
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a track from the Music Search list.
u Title information is displayed if found in
the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) stored on the HDD.
u The HDD has two types of playlists:
original playlists and user playlists. An
original playlist is automatically created
for each album when a music CD is
recorded. You can customize up to six
user playlists provided on the HDD by
adding tracks from your original playlists.
You can also select a track by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a track from the list.
■
How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
You can control the HDD audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 262
Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded
onto CDs or other devices.
Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed
using ultra-efficient compression technology;
therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the
original.
If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and
cannot be recovered.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the display.
2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 274
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 250 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
P. 248
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 248
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first track in each album.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the HDD.
Random/Repeat
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Music Search list.
Repeat Artist: Repeats all tracks in the current artist.
Repeat Album: Repeats all tracks in the current
album.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track.
Random in Artist: Plays all tracks in the current artist
in random order.
Random in Album: Plays all tracks in the current
album in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks in random order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 251 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
252
Features
Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current
playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
■ Editing an album
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Albums, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select an album that you want
to edit or delete, then press .
5. To edit an album name:
Rotate to select Edit Name, then press
.
u Enter the name using the interface dial or
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
To delete an album:
Rotate to select Delete, then press .
To edit track information or delete a track:
Rotate to select List Tracks, then press
.
2 Editing Track Information P. 255
■
Editing an Album or Playlist
1Editing an Album or Playlist
The maximum number of songs in each of the six
user playlists is 999. Adding new songs overwrites
the oldest songs.
The maximum number of original playlists is 999 with
a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.
Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding
a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist
will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.
Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the
album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.
Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a
user playlist does not remove the playlist folder.
The folder retains the playlist name and artist
information.
Select to enter symbols.
Icon
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 252 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Continued
Features
■ Editing a playlist
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Playlists, then press
.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select a playlist that you want
to edit or delete, then press .
5. To edit a playlist name:
Rotate to select Edit Name, then press
.
u Enter the name using the interface dial or
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
To delete a playlist:
Rotate to select Delete, then press .
To edit track information or delete a track:
Rotate to select List Tracks, then press
.
2 Editing Track Information P. 255
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 253 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
254
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
■ Creating a new playlist
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Playlists, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Create New Playlist,
then press .
u Enter the name using the interface dial or
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
,
then select tracks from the Music
Search list.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 254 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Continued
Features
Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Tracks, then press .
4. Rotate to select a track you want to edit
or delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. To edit track information:
Rotate to select Edit Name, then press
.
u Enter the track name, track artist, etc.
using the interface dial or the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
. Move ,
rotate to select OK, then press .
To delete a track:
Rotate to select Delete, then press .
■
Editing Track Information
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 255 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
256
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing
the Gracenote® Album Info.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Albums, then press .
4. Rotate to select an album you want to
edit, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Edit Name, then press
.
6. Move to select Get Music Info, then
press .
u The system starts to access the
Gracenote® Album Info.
■
Displaying Music Information
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 256 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included
with the navigation system.
1. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or
connect the USB flash drive that includes
the update.
2. Press the SETTINGS button in the HDD
mode.
3. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press .
4. Move or to select the CD/HDD tab.
5. Rotate to select Update Gracenote
Album Info, then press .
6. Rotate to select Update by CD or
Update by USB, then press .
u The system starts updating and the
confirmation message appears on the
screen. Press to finish.
■
Updating Gracenote® Album Info
1Updating Gracenote® Album Info
To acquire updated files:
• Consult a dealer.
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com.
• Canada: Visit www.acura.ca.
Once you perform an update, any information you
edited before will be overwritten or erased.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 257 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
258
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port P. 213
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Album Bar
Select to search for an album.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to select
secondary menu.
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
Album Art
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Album Art Icon
Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Shuffle
Select to use a shuffle feature.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 258 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select the album bar.
u The image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select or icon to search for an album.
u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.
■
How to Select an Album
1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on
models or versions.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
X
Select an album
image.
Select the
album bar.
Album Bar
Album Image
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 259 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
260
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the list.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
You can control an iPod using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 262
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 275
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 260 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.
2 Playing an iPod P. 258
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.
2 Playing an iPod P. 258
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 261 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.
■ To enable SBV
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate to select Song By Voice, then
press .
5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
1Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Setting options:
• On (factory default): Song By Voice
TM
commands
are available.
• Off: Disable the feature.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 262 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
■ Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music
Search” to activate the SBV feature for the
HDD and iPod.
3. Press the button and say a command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’“ to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’“ to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the button and say “Music Search”
again to re-activate this mode.
1Searching for music using SBV
Song By Voice
TM
Commands List
2 Song By Voice Commands P. 236
NOTE:
Song By Voice
TM
commands are available for tracks
stored on the HDD or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 264
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 263 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
264
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the HDD or iPod.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate to select Song By Voice
Phonetic Modification, then press .
5. Move and rotate to select New
Modification, then press .
6. Rotate to select HDD or iPod, then
press .
■
Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By
Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 264 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
7. Rotate to select the item to modify
(e.g., Artist), then press .
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
8. Rotate to select an entry (e.g., No
Name), then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, rotate to select Play,
then press .
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, rotate to select
Delete, then press .
9. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
10. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
11. Move to select OK to exit.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the (Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 265 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
266
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port.
Compatible phones only
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
iPhone
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when a phone is
connected.
Rating Icon
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 266 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
■ Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Change Source or Sound, press the
MENU button, then press .
■
Pandora® Menu
• Skip Forward • Bookmark Track
• Play/Pause • Bookmark Artist
• Station List • Change Source
• Like • Sound
• Dislike
U.S. models
1Playing Internet Radio
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.Handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
1Pandora® Menu
You can control Pandora® using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 276
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 267 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
268
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port P. 213
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the volume.
Random
Select to use a random feature.
Scan
Select to use a scan feature.
Repeat
Select to use a repeat feature.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 268 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
You can control a USB flash drive using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 277
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 275
Folder Selection
File Selection
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 269 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
270
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 268
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 268
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
files in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 270 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 330
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.Handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
You can control Bluetooth® Audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 232
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected to
HFL.
Play Icon
Pause Icon
More
Select to display
the menu items.
Source
Select to change
an audio source.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Interface Dial/
ENTER Button
Press and turn to
select an item,
then press to set
your selection.
Move up, down,
right and left to
select secondary
menu.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or
to change files.
MENU Button
Press to display
the menu items.
Folder Up/Down
Icons
Select or to
change folders.
On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
VOL (Volume) Knob
(Pushed out)
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Audio/Information
Screen
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 271 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
272
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
Select the play icon or pause icon.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 272 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
273
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported
• Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Push Eject
Mechanical error
• Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that
the error message is cleared.
• Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 279
• If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
• Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
• If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Servo error
Check Disc Disc error
• Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 279
Heat Error High temperature
• Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 273 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
274
uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
HDD access error.
Please consult your dealer.
—
The display system temperature is too high. For protection,
the system will shut off until the display cools down.
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
The navigation system temperature is too low. For
protection, the system will shut off until it warms up.
The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the
temperature is below approximately -22°F (-30°C). The navigation
system starts up automatically when the display warms up.
Unplayable File
Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be
skipped. The next supported track plays automatically.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 274 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
275
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
audio system.
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unsupported Version
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 275 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
276
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No stations have been created.
Please create a station on the device.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may
skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
Unable to save rating.
Unable to save bookmark
or
Unable to skip
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
No data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
PANDORA Unsupported
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA system maintenance
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your
mobile device.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
U.S. models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 276 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
277
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, select until CH 000 and the radio ID
appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button repeatedly or
operating the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Channel off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unsubscribed:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
No signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Channel unavailable:
No such channel exists.
Check antenna, Antenna disconnected, Antenna shorted:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
• U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
subscribenow or 1-855-236-9236
• Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/
subscribe-now, or (877) 209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 277 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
278
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 278 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
279
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs
Features
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 279 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
280
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012/iPod touch
6th generation 2015 release
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 280 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
281
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 281 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
282
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 282 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
283
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 283 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
284
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 284 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
285
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 285 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
286
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 286 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
287
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 287 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
288
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 288 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
289
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 289 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
290
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 290 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
291
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 291 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
292
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 292 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
293
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Features
License Information
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS,
Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
■
DTS
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 293 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
294
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
About the software license of the product
The software installed in the product contains open source software.
See the following website for details on the open source software.
http://hondaopensource6.com/oss/ww/index.html
■
Important Information on the Software
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 294 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
295
Continued
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is in ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
1Customized Features
When you customize setting, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to
(P.
To customize other features, rotate , move ,
, or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 304
Settings menu
Navi Settings
System Settings Audio Settings
Camera Settings
Phone Settings
Vehicle Settings
Info Settings
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 295 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
296
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ Customization flow
Song By Voice
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Press the SETTINGS button.
Guidance Volume
Voice Prompt
Guidance Volume
Verbal Reminder
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Bluetooth Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Default
Sound/
Beep
Display
System
Settings
Bluetooth
Voice Reco
Sync Display Brightness
Sound Volume
Opening
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 296 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
297
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
System Device Information
Factory Data Reset
Background Color
Header Clock Display
Clock Reset
Auto Time Zone
Auto Daylight
Clock
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock
Units
Language
Operation Restriction Tips
Others
Wallpaper
Clock/Wallpaper
Type
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 297 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
298
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Turn By Turn Display
Default
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Vehicle
Settings
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Keyless
Access
Setup
Lighting
Setup
Keyless Access Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info
Easy Entry/Exit
Auto Seatbelt Tension
Driving
Position
Setup
Display Speed Unit
Reactive Force Pedal
Head-up Warning
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Remote Start System On/Off
Reverse Alert Tone
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Meter/
Head-up
Display
Setup
Walk Away Auto Lock
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 298 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
299
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Rear
Camera
Cross Traffic Monitor
*1: Models with multi-view rear camera
Maintenance ResetMaintenance Info.
Wiper Action
Wiper
Setup
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Door
Setup
Auto Folding Door Mirror
Camera
Settings
*1
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 299 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
300
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Guidelines
Cross Traffic Monitor
Automatically show
camera after reverse
Default camera mode in
forward
Preferences
Default camera mode in
reverse
Show camera when
decelerating
Clear parking guideline
automatically
*2: Models with surround view camera system
Camera
Settings
*2
Surround
View
Camera
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 300 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
301
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect
Default
Phone
Connect Phone
Edit Bluetooth
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Bluetooth Device
List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Default
Default
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Text/Email
Phone
Settings
Navi
Settings
See the Navigation System Manual.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 301 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
302
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Auto Daylight
Clock Reset
Info Screen Preference
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock
Default
Others
Info
Settings
AcuraLink Subscription Status
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Delete AcuraLink Message
AcuraLink
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 302 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
303
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Default
Source Select Popup
HD Radio Mode
*, *1
Cover Art
*1
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device
*1
Bluetooth Device List
*1
Recording from CD
*1
Recording Quality
*1
HDD Info
*1
Update Gracenote Album Info
*1
Delete all HDD Data
*1
*1: May change depending on your currently selected source.
CD/HDD
Bluetooth
Other
Audio
Settings
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 303 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
304
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Display
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the display brightness
synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness.
On
*1
/Off
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
Sound/
Beep
Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. 0 ~ 6
*1
~ 11
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On
*1
/Off
Voice
Reco
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Song By Voice
Turns the Song By Voice
TM
on and off.
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 262
On
*1
/Off
Song By Voice Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for music stored in the
HDD or an iPod.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 264
—
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 344
—
Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 0 ~ 6
*1
~ 11
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 304 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
305
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Blue-
tooth
Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 330
—
Edit Pairing Code
Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 332
Random/Fixed
*1
Opening
Sound Volume
Changes the volume of the system’s startup
sound.
0 ~ 6
*1
~ 11
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
• Changes the wallpaper type.
• Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
• Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 228
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic
Clock Adjustment
Adjusts Clock.
2 Clock P. 128
—
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Auto Time Zone
Sets the navigation system to automatically
adjust the clock when driving through different
time zones.
On
*1
/Off
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 305 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
306
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Clock
Auto Daylight
Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust
the clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one
hour) when a daylight saving time change occurs.
On
*1
/Off
Clock Reset Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group. —
Others
Units
Changes the distance unit on the navigation map
screen.
mile
*1
/km (U.S.)
mile/km
*1
(Canada)
Language Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Operation Restriction Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Background Color
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen and the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
Blue
*1
/Amber/Red/
Green
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On/Off
*1
System Device Information Displays the system/device information. —
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 319
—
Default
Cancels /Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.
Default/OK
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 306 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
307
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
Changes at which distance the CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
Head-up Warning Turns the head-up warning on and off. On
*1
/Off
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
On/Off
*1
Road Departure Mitigation
Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Narrow/Normal
*1
/
Wide/Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information system.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/
Off
Reactive Force Pedal
Change the amount of the accelerator pedal
resistance force.
High Force/Low
Force
*1
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 307 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
308
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter/
Head-
up
Display
Setup
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language on the multi-
information display.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/
IGN Off/Manually
Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/
IGN Off/Manually
Reset
*1
Reverse Alert Tone Turns the reverse alert tone on and off. On
*1
/Off
Turn By Turn Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC with Low Speed
Follow on the multi-information display, and the
speed unit on the head-up display.
km/h/mph
*1
(U.S.)
km/h
*1
/mph
(Canada)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 308 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
309
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat fully rearward and steering wheel
fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle.
Changes the setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering
Wheel
*1
/Seat Only/
Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Auto Seatbelt Tension
Turns the auto seat belt tension setting for the
seat belt e-pretensioner on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/
All Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System On/
Off
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the auto lock function
when you walk away from the vehicle.
On/Off
*1
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 309 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
310
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Door
Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from
P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors
When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 310 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
311
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Setup
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
Auto Folding Door Mirror Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.
Auto Fold With
Keyless
*1
/Manual
Only
Wiper
Setup
Wiper Action
Changes the setting for the automatic
intermittent wipers in the AUTO position.
Rain Sensing
*1
/
Intermittent/Speed
Sensitive
Mainte-
nance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.
Default/OK
Camera
Settings
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera group as default.
Default/OK
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Models with
multi-view
rear camera
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 311 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
312
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Surround
View
Camera
Guidelines
Fixed
Guideline
Sets whether to turn on the reference line display. On
*1
/Off
Dynamic
Guideline
Sets whether to turn on the projection line display. On
*1
/Off
Preferences
Automatically
show camera
after reverse
Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to
the front view when the gear is shifted out of (R.
On
*1
/Off
Default
camera mode
in forward
Selects which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the vehicle
is moving forward.
Front Ground
View
*1
/Last Used/
Front Blind View/
Side View
Default
camera mode
in reverse
Sets which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the vehicle
is reversing.
Rear Ground
View
*1
/Last Used/
Rear View/Rear
Wide View
Models with
surround
view camera
system
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 312 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
313
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Surround
View
Camera
Preferences
Show camera
when
decelerating
Sets the screen to automatically return to the
camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12 km/
h) or lower. The screen can return only when the
display has been switched to the audio/
information screen at the vehicle speed of over 9
mph (15 km/h).
On
*1
/Off
Clear parking
guidance
automatically
Turns the parking guide lines on and off. On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Default/OK
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Models with
surround
view camera
system
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 313 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
314
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Phone
Connect Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or disconnects
a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 330
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired
phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 330
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Phone Setup P. 330
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Answer
Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming
call after about four seconds.
On/Off
*1
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
/Off
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On
*1
/Off
Use Contact Photo
Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.
On
*1
/Off
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 314 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
315
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Text/
Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text/e-mail message account. —
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 315 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
316
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
Settings
Acura
Link
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Selects whether newly received AcuraLink
messages to be displayed.
On
*1
/Off
Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messages. —
AcuraLink Subscription
Status
Displays your current AcuraLink subscription
status.
—
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock
See System Settings on P. 304 to P. 306.
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Auto Daylight
Clock Reset
Other Info Screen Preference
Selects the top menu when the INFO button is
pressed.
• Info Top- A brief menu pops up.
• Info Menu- A full menu pops up.
• Off- A menu does not pop up.
Info Top/Info
Menu
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 316 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
317
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
CD/
HDD
Recording from CD
Selects whether the songs on music CDs are
automatically recorded to the HDD.
Auto
*1
/Manual
Recording Quality
Selects the quality of the music files recorded to
the HDD.
Standard
*1
/High
HDD Info
Displays the HDD capacity. —
Update Gracenote Album
Info
Updates the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database).
Update by CD/
Update by USB
Delete All HDD Data
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 320
—
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired
to HFL.
—
Connect Bluetooth Audio
Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
CD mode
CD mode
HDD mode
CD or HDD mode
HDD mode
Bluetooth® Audio or Pandora®
*
mode
Bluetooth® Audio or Pandora®
*
mode
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 317 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
318
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
Other
Source Select Popup
Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources
comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed.
On/Off
*1
HD Radio Mode
*
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analogue waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
AM/FM mode
CD (MP3/WMA/AAC), iPod, USB
or Pandora®
*
mode
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 318 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
319
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Others tab.
4. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
• Routing & Guidance: Rerouting, Unverified Area
Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search
Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance
• Route Preference
• Audio preset settings
• Phonebook entries
• Other display and each item settings.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 319 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
320
uuCustomized FeaturesuDeleting all HDD Data
Features
Deleting all HDD Data
You can reset all the menu and customized settings, and delete all music data on the
HDD.
1. Turn on the audio system and select the
HDD mode.
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press .
4. Move or to select the CD/HDD tab.
5. Rotate to select Delete all HDD Data,
then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 320 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
321
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 321 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
322
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Red Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 322 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
323
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2.
Continue to hold the HomeLink button and
follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator blinks rapidly for
2 secs, then remains on for
about 23 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
4.
a.
3.
2.
5.
a.
b.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
blink after 10 secs?
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Does the LED blink within 20 secs?
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
HomeLink LED
is on.
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 323 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
324
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s navigation system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi-
information display or the head-up display, or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to
clear the phone information on the multi-information display or the head-up display.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.Handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Voice control tips:
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Talk Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume down
Interface
Dial
PHONE
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 324 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
325
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 341
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language.
2 Customized Features P. 295
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth® Indicator
Comes on when your phone
is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level
Status
Roam Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Disabled Option
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 325 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
326
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■ Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Edit the user name of a paired phone.
Phone
Edit Device
Name
Connect
Phone
*1
Bluetooth
Device List
(Existing
entry list)
*1
Replace This
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
*1: Appears when a phone has already been paired to HFL.
Disconnect
(Existing entry list)
Pair a phone to the system.
Edit PIN
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device
Delete a previously paired phone.
Add Bluetooth
Device
Pair a phone to the system.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 326 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
327
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Select a text/e-mail message account.
Text/Email
*1
Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial
*1
New Entry
Import from
Call History
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Import from
Phonebook
Delete All
Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Edit
Delete
(Existing
entry list)
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Automatic Phone Sync
*1
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
New Text/Email Alert
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
Default
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 327 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
328
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Phone screen
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Speed Dial
*1
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
More Speed Dials
Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 328 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
329
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Text/Email
*1
Message is
read aloud.
See the previous message.
(Read/Stop)
Previous
Next
See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select Account
Select a message
and press .
Select a mail or text message account.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
*1
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last 20 missed calls.
Roadside Assistance
*1
Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 329 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
330
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 340
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 330 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
331
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select the Connect Phone,
then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Add
Bluetooth Device.
5. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
6. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
7. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
8. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 331 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
332
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Bluetooth tab.
4. Rotate to select Edit Pairing Code,
then press .
5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 332 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
333
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
6. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
7. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
for a new phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
8. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 333 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
334
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
8. You will receive a notification on the screen
if it is successful.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 334 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
335
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Text/Email
tab.
4. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email,
then press .
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Text/Email
tab.
4. Rotate to select New Text/Email
Alert, then press .
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
To use the text/E-mail message function, you need a
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special
feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.Handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 335 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
336
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
6. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
7. Enter a new four-digit number.
u
Rotate to select, then press .
Move to delete. Rotate to select
OK to enter the security PIN.
u
You can also enter a number using the
icons.
8. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 336 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
337
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Edit the user name of a paired phone as
follows:
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,
then press .
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
edit, then press .
6. Rotate to select Edit Device Name,
then press .
7. Enter a new name of the phone.
u
Rotate to select, then press .
Move to delete. Rotate or move
to select OK then press to enter
the name.
u
You can also enter a name using the
icons.
■
Editing User Name
1Editing User Name
Select to enter symbols.
Audio/Information screen
Icon
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 337 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
338
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Auto Transfer, then
press .
5. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Auto Answer, then
press .
5. Rotate to select On, then press .
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Auto Answer
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 338 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
339
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Ring Tone, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo,
then press .
5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
■
Use Contact Photo
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 339 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
340
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Automatic Phone
Sync, then press .
5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Message
Voice
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 340 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
341
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 341 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
342
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Edit Speed Dial, then
press .
5. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
6. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
7. From the pop-up menu, rotate to select
Record, then press .
u After selecting Record, wait for the
beep(s) to sound before you state the
name.
8. Move and select OK to complete the
voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 342 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
343
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Edit Speed Dial, then
press .
5. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
6. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Phone tab.
4. Rotate to select Edit Speed Dial, then
press .
5. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 343 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
344
Features
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■ To add a new voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
5. Rotate to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
■
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 344 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
345
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
6. Rotate to select New Voice Tag, then
press .
7. Move or and rotate to select a
contact name, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
8. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
9. Using the button, follow the prompts
to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select OK,
then press .
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 345 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
346
Features
■ To modify a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate to select the phone you want to
add phonetic modification to, then press
.
6. Rotate to select a contact name you
want to modify, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Rotate to select Modify, then press .
8. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
9. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select OK, then
press .
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 346 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
347
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a modified voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
6. Rotate to select a contact name you
want to delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
8. Move and rotate to select OK, then
press .
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 347 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
348
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete all modified voice tags
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco
tab.
4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
5. Rotate to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
u The contact name list appears.
6. Move and rotate to select Delete
All, then press .
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 348 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
349
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 349 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
350
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Search.
u You can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 325
2 Speed Dial P. 341
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
for an alphabetical search.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 350 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
351
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
5. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a phone number
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
to input numbers.
Select numbers, then to start dialing.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 351 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
352
Features
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
4. Move or to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button.
2. Move the left selector wheel right to select
Call History.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
Steering switches
111AAA####
Mr.AAA
Mr.BBB
Multi-information display
Head-up display
Steering switches
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 352 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
353
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button.
2. Move the left selector wheel left to select
Speed Dial.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Move to select More Speed Dials to view
another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make
a call from that list using the currently connected
phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 341
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries.
Steering switches
111AAA####
Mr.AAA
Mr.BBB
Multi-information display
Head-up display
Steering switches
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 353 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
354
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
instead of the and buttons.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 354 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
355
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone
screen.
Rotate to select the option, then press .
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
0123456789####
01’23
John
10
Mute Icon
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 355 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
356
Features
HFL can display newly received text/e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text/e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to check the
message, then press .
u The text/e-mail message is displayed.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text/e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text/e-mail message for the first
time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked
to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 335
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 356 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
357
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Text/Email
tab.
4. Rotate to select Select Account, then
press .
5. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail account you want, then press .
■
Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
Move to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 357 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
358
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or
on the text message screen.
Message List
Text Message
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 358 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
359
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a folder, then press .
5. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail is displayed.
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text/e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No subject.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 359 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
360
Features
■ Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text/e-mail message screen.
2 Displaying Messages P. 358
2. Press to read the message aloud.
3. Press to stop reading.
Press again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text/e-mail message screen.
2 Displaying Messages P. 358
2. Move and rotate to select Reply,
then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.Handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 360 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
362
Features
Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance
using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
1. From the Phone screen, press the MENU
button.
2. Rotate to select Roadside Assistance,
then press .
3. Rotate to select a phone number, then
press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
Roadside Assistance
1Roadside Assistance
If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package,
you can call roadside assistance using the LINK
button instead of your phone.
2 AcuraLink® P. 363
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 362 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
363
Continued
Features
AcuraLink®
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator
assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s
status.
For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the
AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle will automatically attempt to
connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once
connected, information about your vehicle, its
positioning, and its condition will be sent to
the operator; you also can speak to the
operator when connected.
■
In Case of Emergency
1AcuraLink®
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an Acura
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or
www.acura.ca (in Canada).
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator
if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected or you
do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when:
• You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers,
or the unit itself.
• You are not subscribed to the service or your
subscription is no longer valid.
You cannot operate other navigation- or phone-
related functions using the screens while talking to
the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
When connected to the AcuraLink
operator:
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 363 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAcuraLink® u
364
Features
■ Manual operator connection
If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator
in an emergency situation, you can manually
connect to them by pressing the ASSIST
button with the power mode in ACCESSORY
or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to
press the ASSIST button.
ASSIST
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 364 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
365
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location,
remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle.
To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number
(PIN).
■ Stolen vehicle tracking
This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move.
If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the
provider.
■ Remote door lock/unlock
The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.
■ Vehicle finder
This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas,
such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the
remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can
then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn.
■ Security alarm notification
If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as
someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by e-
mail or SMS.
■
Security Features
1Security Features
The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a
dealer, or go to owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or
www.acura.ca (in Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca (in
Canada) for details.
1Vehicle finder
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
sounding under the following conditions:
• When 30 seconds have elapsed.
• You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
• You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system.
• You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
• The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 365 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAcuraLink® u
366
Features
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, press the selector knob,
select End Call on the On Demand
Multi-Use Display
TM
, or press the Hang-
up button.
■
Operator Assistance
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
LINK Button
Audio/information screen
when connected to the
AcuraLink operator.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 366 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
367
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle
features, safety and emissions recall
campaigns, maintenance reminders (U.S.
models only), and diagnostic information.
When you receive a new message, an icon
appears on the audio/information screen.
■ Message category
There are six message categories.
• Feature Guide: Appears for the first 90 days of ownership, introducing vehicle
features each day.
• Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle
information.
• Diagnostic Info: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes on.
Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now.
u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or
later in accordance with the warning severity level.
• Scheduled Dealer Appointment (U.S. models only): An appointment made
through the Acura server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or
canceled from this option.
2 Dealer Appointments P. 369
• Maintenance Minder (U.S. models only): Lets you know which maintenance
item is due along with a reminder message.
• Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information.
You should also be notified by mail.
■
AcuraLink Message
1AcuraLink Message
Messages may not appear immediately after your
vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your
dealer to register your vehicle’s ID.
If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates
that Acura gives high priority to this message
compared to the one without.
• : An unread message with high priority
• : An unread message
Message Icon
1Message category
Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted
through broadcast messages from Acura.
You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or
schedule appointments (U.S. models only) from the
message options in Maintenance Minder (U.S.
models only), Recalls/Campaigns, and Diagnostic
Info.
2 Message Options P. 368
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 367 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuAcuraLink® u
368
Features
■ Reading a message
1. Press the INFO button, rotate to select
AcuraLink/Messages, then press .
u If your display has changed from Info
menu to Current Drive, press the
MENU button.
u AcuraLink messages appears.
2. Rotate to select a category, then press
.
u If there are unread messages in a
category, a message icon appears next to
that category.
3. Rotate to select a message you want to
read, then press .
■ Message Options
While a message is displayed, you can use
options to take immediate action to the
message.
Available options are:
• Voice: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading to cancel it.
• Find Acura Dlr. (U.S. models only): Searches for the nearest Acura dealer.
• Delete (U.S. models only): Deletes the displayed message. Rotate to select
this option, then press .
• Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL.
1Reading a message
If there is no message listed on the menu,
AcuraLink/Messages is grayed out and cannot be
selected.
The message icon disappears once you read the
message.
However, the exclamation mark that indicates that
the message has a high priority remains.
• : A read message with high priority.
1Message Options
The available options vary by message category.
You can delete all messages in a category at once.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Voice is available only when the language selected is
English.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Dec. 31, 2011
The engine may not be operating properly.
Select VOICE FOR DETAILS.
Engine System. P062F
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 368 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
369
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
• Schedule Dealer Appointment (U.S. models only): Automatically sets an
appointment date at your dealer.
• Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL.
• Diagnostic Info: Updates the current diagnostic message by connecting to the
Acura server using HFL.
■ Dealer Appointments
You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a
Maintenance Minder or Recalls/Campaigns message, or reschedule any existing
appointments.
1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/
Campaigns, or Scheduled Dealer
Appointment message.
2. Rotate to select Scheduled Dealer
Appointment or Reschedule
Appointment (depending on the screen).
Press .
u A suggested time and date are displayed.
3. Rotate to select Confirm
Appointment. Press to accept the time
and date.
4. Press to select OK.
U.S. models only
1Dealer Appointments
To set up an automated dealer appointment when a
regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners
website at owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or
www.acura.ca (in Canada), and set the required
option. A reminder message will be sent as the date
for the dealer appointment approaches. A reminder
message will also be sent if you schedule an
appointment online using Acura Owners’ Schedule
Service Appointment function.
If you are not satisfied with the proposed
appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.
To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel
Appointment when a message is displayed.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 369 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
370
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 370 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
371
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 372
Maximum Load Limit........................ 375
Towing a Trailer................................ 377
When Driving
Turning on the Power ...................... 378
Precautions While Driving................. 383
Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 384
Shifting............................................ 385
SPORT Mode.................................... 393
Reactive Force Pedal......................... 394
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 395
AcuraWatch
TM
.................................. 396
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 400
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow ................................. 402
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System....416
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 421
Traffic Jam Assist ............................. 428
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System .............. 439
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 441
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD
®
).... 442
Blind spot information System.......... 443
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).. 445
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 447
High Voltage Battery........................ 449
Braking
Brake System ................................... 450
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 456
Brake Assist System ......................... 457
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)...458
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 466
Parking Sensor System
*
................... 468
Cross Traffic Monitor ....................... 472
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
................ 476
Surround View Camera System
*
..... 478
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 488
How to Refuel ................................. 489
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 490
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 371 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
372
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 520
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 372 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
373
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 375
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 139
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 175
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 178
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 171
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 373 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
374
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 41
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 76
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 374 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
375
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the
Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 586
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 586
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 375 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
376
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 377
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 376 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
377
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 580
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 377 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
378
Driving
When Driving
Turning on the Power
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on for 15 seconds when you pull
up the electric parking brake switch.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
1Turning on the Power
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the power system.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When turning on the power system in cold weather,
turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,
climate control system, and rear defogger in order to
reduce 12-volt battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater and transmission clutch
actuator heater will improve starting and reduce the
warming time required before driving. Consult a
dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 378 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
379
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
Driving
3. Press the POWER button without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
u The Ready To Drive message appears
on the multi-information display.
u When the ambient temperature is
extremely low, the vehicle does not move
until certain conditions are met.
A warning message appears instead of
Ready To Drive.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning
and Information Messages P. 103
u If the High Voltage battery is fully
charged, the gasoline engine may not
start.
u If the High Voltage battery charge level is
low, the gasoline engine starts.
You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Press the POWER button.
1Turning on the Power
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used,
the power system does not activate.
2 Immobilizer System P. 146
When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel
as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the POWER
button if the battery in the keyless access remote is
weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 560
The power system may not activate if the keyless
access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
The engine may not run when the vehicle is ready for
driving.
You can start driving with the READY indicator on.
If you press the POWER button while depressing the
brake pedal with the READY indicator on, the power
mode is set to VEHICLE OFF and you cannot start
driving.
2 READY Indicator P. 80
■
Stopping the Power System
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 379 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
380
Driving
You can remotely turn the power system on using the two-way keyless access
remote from extended distances.
■ To turn the power system on
The power system is on for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the time for another 10 minutes during the first 10 minutes, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the trunk are locked.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
The range may be less when the vehicle is running.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The power system may not be turned on by the
remote engine start if:
• You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen.
• The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF.
• The transmission is in a position other than (P.
• The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is
unlocked.
• You have already used the remote twice to turn the
power system on.
• Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle.
• There is any antenna failure.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with
the vehicle parked in a garage or other
areas with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then press and hold the
button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
power system is
turned on.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while
the power system is on.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 380 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
381
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
Driving
■ To turn the power system off
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The telematics unit malfunctions.
• The security system alarm is not set.
Before turning the power system on, make sure to
check the door lock status using the remote. When
you press the button, wait for the green LED to
blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did
not lock, and the power system is not turned on.
While the power system is on, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster and heated windshield are activated
at a moderately warm temperature.
• The rear defogger, door mirror heaters and heated
windshield are activated.
• The heated steering wheel is activated.
2 Heated Steering Wheel P. 194
Press and hold the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
Red LED:
●
Comes on for one second to let you know
that the power system is turned off.
●
Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless
access system range. The power system will not
be turned off.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 381 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
382
Driving
1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the POWER button.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the
(D button. Select (R when
reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 450
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 571
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change to
(D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the
brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pressing
the electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
The power system is turned off when the gear
position is changed from
(P before the POWER
button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to
drive.
When the power system is turned on using the two-
way keyless access remote
When the power system is turned on using the two-way keyless access remote
When the power system is turned on in any case
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 382 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
383
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Continued
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power
system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
■
In Rain
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not change the gear position while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
The following can damage the under spoiler:
• Parking the vehicle by a parking block
• Parallel parking along the road shoulder
• Driving toward the bottom of a hill
• Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
• Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
• Driving on a road with potholes.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the power system will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 383 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission
384
Driving
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
Dual Clutch Transmission
As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,
this vehicle will creep.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Other Precautions
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
Do not change the gear position to
(N, as you will
lose regenerative braking (and acceleration)
performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 384 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
385
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift button positions
1Shifting
While the High Voltage battery level is full, or the
High Voltage battery temperature is low,
regenerative braking may become less effective.
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
• Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
• Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
• Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
You may occasionally find that it takes longer than
usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select
(R, release the brake pedal, and/or depress the
accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High
Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not
indicate a vehicle malfunction.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
Park
Used when parking or before turning the
power on or off
Transmission is locked
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Drive
Used for:
●
Normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 7th automatically)
●
Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
●
Driving in the sequential mode (when
driving in SPORT mode)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 385 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
386
Driving
■ (P (parking) button
The gear position changes to (P when you
press the
(P button while the vehicle is
parked with the power mode in ON.
The indicators on the sides of the (P button
come on.
1Shifting
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the
multi-information display when you depress the
accelerator pedal with the gear position in
(N.
Change the gear position to
(D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the
gear position is indicated in the display. Always
confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.
(P Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 386 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
387
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
come to a complete standstill can damage the
transmission.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer’s red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Gear Position Indicator
(Transmission System Indicator)
Tachometer’s red zone
Press the (P button.
Press back the (R button.
Press the
(N button.
Press the
(D button.
Shift Button
Indicator
M (sequential mode)
Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 387 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
388
Driving
■ When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to
(P;
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2
km/h) or slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to
(P once you release
the brake pedal.
■ When turning off the power mode
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
1When opening the driver’s door
While the system is designed to automatically change
the gear position to
(P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select
(P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 466
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
and lock the doors.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 388 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
389
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position (car wash mode)
With the power system on:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press and release the
(N button.
u (N (Neutral) hold mode will appear on the multi-information display.
3. Press the
(N button again and hold it for two seconds.
u The vehicle will enter car wash mode, which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the POWER button is pressed after car wash
mode has been activated, the power mode
will change to ACCESSORY and a message
will be displayed on the multi-information
display.
u For 15 minutes the gear position remains
in
(N and the power mode will remain in
ACCESSORY. After that, the position
automatically changes to
(P and the
power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually changing to (P cancels
ACCESSORY mode. The
(P indicator
comes on and the power mode changes
to OFF. You must always shift to (P
when car wash mode is no longer
needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position (car wash
mode)
To keep the vehicle in
(N position, you can also
follow this procedure:
While the power system is on, select
(N, and then
within five seconds, press the POWER button.
Note that the transmission may not stay in
(N
position while any of the following indicators is on:
• Transmission system indicator.
• Malfunction indicator lamp.
• Charging system indicator.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 389 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
390
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the
transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances
of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The gear position
remains in/changes to:
How to change the
gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R
Park your vehicle in a
safe place.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D
(R, (N, or (D The vehicle is moving. (P
(P or (N The READY indicator is not on.
A gear position other than (P
or (N (P or (N
Make sure that the
READY indicator
comes on.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 390 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
391
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th gears without removing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
■ When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.
■ When the transmission is in (D with SPORT mode:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to 6th.
You can cancel this mode by pulling the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When
the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential
mode gear selection indicator will go off.
■
Sequential Mode
1Sequential Mode
The vehicle is engine operated when SPORT mode is
on.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 391 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
392
Driving
■
Sequential Mode Operation
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range or the
protection of transmission system is necessary.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
In SPORT mode, to prioritize the engine performance
enhancement, the transmission may not allow for
shifting up while the engine speed is low.
Downshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 392 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
393
uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode
Driving
SPORT Mode
To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.
The SPORT mode increases engine performance and handling.
This mode is not recommended for fuel economy enhancement, but suitable for
driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.
The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
SPORT Button
SPORT Mode
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 393 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
394
uuWhen DrivinguReactive Force Pedal
Driving
Reactive Force Pedal
The system increases the accelerator pedal
resistance force when you depress the
accelerator pedal. This gives you the feeling
that the vehicle's acceleration is in response to
your pedal operation.
At the same time, a slight increase in the accelerator pedal resistance force helps to
modify your driving style to be in an efficient manner especially when you apply
more force to the pedal than is necessary.
The Reactive Force Pedal is designed also to help prevent your wheels from possibly
spinning out due to excessive throttle, and help make the vehicle start smoothly
when roads are slippery due to ice, snow, excessive rainfall, etc.
1Reactive Force Pedal
The Reactive Force Pedal system in no way restricts or
limits your ability to operate the accelerator pedal to
accelerate the vehicle.
If the Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
detects a possible collision, you may feel an opposing
force from the accelerator pedal.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 458
You can change the amount of the accelerator pedal
resistance force.
2 Customized Features P. 295
The Reactive Force Pedal system is deactivated when
SPORT mode is on.
Accelerator Pedal
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 394 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
395
uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System
Driving
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
Alerts pedestrians when a vehicle is propelled solely by electricity, approaching at
speeds around 12 mph (20 km/h) or less.
Press the button to turn the system on and
off.
u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is off.
The system is turned on every time you turn
the power system on, even if you turned it off
the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System OFF Button
Canadian models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 395 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
396
uuWhen DrivinguAcuraWatch
TM
Driving
AcuraWatch
TM
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located in the front grille and a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.
AcuraWatch
TM
has the following functions:
■ Functions that do not need to be activated by the driver
• Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System 2 P. 416
• Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) 2 P. 458
■ Functions that need to be activated by the driver
• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow 2 P. 402
• Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) 2 P. 421
• Traffic Jam Assist 2 P. 428
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 396 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
397
uuWhen DrivinguAcuraWatch
TM
Continued
Driving
■ MAIN Button
Press to activate standby mode for ACC with
Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam
Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.
■ LKAS Button
Press to activate or cancel the LKAS and Traffic
Jam Assist.
■ RES/+/SET/− Switch
Press RES/+ to resume the ACC with Low
Speed Follow or increase the vehicle speed.
Press SET/− to set the ACC with Low Speed
Follow or decrease the vehicle speed.
■ Interval Button
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with Low Speed Follow following-
interval.
■ CANCEL Button
Press to cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow.
■
Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/
LKAS/Traffic Jam Assist
MAIN button
Interval
Button
CANCEL
Button
LKAS Button
RES/+/SET/−
Switch
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 397 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguAcuraWatch
TM
398
Driving
You can see the current state of ACC with
Low Speed Follow, LKAS and Traffic Jam
Assist.
a Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow,
Traffic Jam Assist, and LKAS are ready to be
activated.
b Indicates that LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist
are activated and whether or not traffic
lane lines are detected.
c Indicates whether or not a vehicle is
detected ahead.
d Shows the set vehicle speed.
e Shows the set vehicle interval.
■
Multi-Information Display Content
1Multi-Information Display Content
You can have the head-up display show you the
current state of each function.
2 Head-Up Display P. 119
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 398 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
399
uuWhen DrivinguAcuraWatch
TM
Driving
To activate ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist, carry out the following steps:
■
How to Operate the Buttons on the Steering Wheel
Press the MAIN button
MAIN
Button
RES/+/SET/−
Switch
LKAS
Button
ACC with Low Speed
Follow
The vehicle icon, interval
bars and set speed
appear on the multi-
information display.
Press
the
LKAS
Button
Press the
RES/+/SET/−
Switch
down
Press the
LKAS
Button
Traffic Jam Assist
Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving.
Keep vehicle speed under 45mph (72 km/h).
Lane outlines appear on the
multi-information display.
Traffic Jam Assist is ready to
use.
The dotted outer lines change to
solid ones once the system starts
operating after detecting the
left and right lane markings.
LKAS
Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving.
Keep vehicle speed over 45mph (72 km/h).
Lane outlines (dotted outer lines)
appear on the multi-information
display. LKAS is activated.
The dotted outer lines change to solid ones
once the system starts operating after
detecting the left and right lane markings.
Press the RES/+/SET/− Switch down
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 399 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
400
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with Low Speed Follow,
Traffic Jam Assist, and CMBS
TM
, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of
the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 400 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
401
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 401 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
402
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, decelerates
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your
vehicle's brake lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low
Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever
necessary, and always keep a safe interval between
your vehicle and other vehicles.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with Low Speed
Follow can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when
driving on expressways or freeways and in
good weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited
braking capability and may not stop your
vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a
vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead within
ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at
speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low
Speed Follow operates at the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■Gear position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 402 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
403
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
Low Speed Follow and the Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly
under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 407
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn
off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This
also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS).
Do not use Traffic Jam Assist under the following
conditions:
• You are driving on a road with sharp curves.
uThe system may not allow your vehicle to respond in
a manner best suited for the road conditions.
• You are entering a toll booth, interchange, service
area, or parking area.
uIf the vehicle ahead disappears from the travel path
of your vehicle, your vehicle may suddenly accelerate
to resume the set speed.
• You are driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
etc.).
uThe system may not be able to correctly determine
the distance between your vehicle and the one
ahead.
• The surface of the road is slippery, for example, it is
icy or covered with snow.
uThe tires may slip, causing you to lose control of the
vehicle.
How to use
■ Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC with Low Speed
Follow is ready to use.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 403 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
404
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed
Follow begins.
When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts
operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and
set speed appear on the multi-information
display.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the audio/information screen
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 295
On when ACC with
Low Speed Follow
begins
Press down and release
RES/+/SET/− Switch
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 404 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
405
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with
Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed
Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the
vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 410
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of
you, your vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds, a message appears
on the multi-information display, and the head-up
warning come on.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the
following circumstances:
• The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with
Low Speed Follow detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Beep
ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 405 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
406
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow
accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and
then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the
accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the
following-interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with Low Speed Follow
range.
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and
slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the multi-
information display.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the multi-information
display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/–
switch up or down, or depress the accelerator
pedal, ACC with Low Speed Follow operates
again within the prior set speed.
1When in Operation
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 407
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the multi-
information display
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow
range and slows to a stop
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with Low Speed Follow
system is operating can result in the vehicle
moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 406 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
407
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is
shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 458
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 407 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
408
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 408 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
409
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.
• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to
maintain the set following-interval between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 409 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
410
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with Low Speed Follow following-
interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through short,
middle, long, and extra long following-
interval.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-Interval
Interval Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 410 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
411
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low
Speed Follow interval setting.
Following-interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
84 feet
26 meters
1.1 sec
102 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
111 feet
34 meters
1.5 sec
139 feet
43 meters
1.5 sec
Long
155 feet
48 meters
2.1 sec
202 feet
62 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 411 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
412
Driving
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any
of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with Low Speed Follow indicator
goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the Low Speed Follow function
has stopped the vehicle, you cannot
cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow by
depressing the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After you have canceled ACC with Low Speed
Follow, you can resume the prior set speed while it is
still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the
MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the
system, then set the desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 412 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
413
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC with Low Speed Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may
cause the ACC with Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle.
• When a detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow range while
your vehicle is stationary.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the
following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The power system is turned off.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves, then
press the RES/+/SET/– switch up.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 413 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
414
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the multi-information display for two seconds,
and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with Low Speed
Follow, press and hold the (interval) button
again for one second. ACC Mode Selected
appears on the multi-information display for
two seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you
reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases
or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
■
To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
ACC with
Low Speed
Follow ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 414 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
415
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the
RES/+/SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at
least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 415 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
416
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
2 Customized Features P. 295
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the multi-information
display.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 419
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 416 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
417
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
If LKAS is off and you have selected Narrow from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the message below will appear in case the
system determines a possibility of your vehicle
crossing over detected lane markings.
2 Customized Features P. 295
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 417 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
418
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between 45 and 89 mph (72 and 144 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the multi-
information display when the system is
on.
■
How the System Activates
■
RDM On and Off
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 76
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 295
RDM Button
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 418 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
419
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 419 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
420
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
• The road has ruts.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 420 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
421
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 94
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 426
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■Front sensor
camera
Monitors the lane
lines
■Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display alert you
that the vehicle is drifting out of a
detected lane.
■Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 421 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
422
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 422 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
423
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between 45 and 89 mph (72 and 144 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The driver is gripping the steering wheel.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS indicator comes on in the
multi-information display.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines (dotted outer lines) appear
on the multi-information display.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to activate the system
You can have the head-up display show you the
current state of Traffic Jam Assist.
2 Head-Up Display P. 119
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 423 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
424
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the
power system off, even if you turned it on the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
To cancel
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with Low
Speed Follow on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 424 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
425
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• The wipers are set to HI.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
• Your vehicle is driving to the right or the left
of the lane.
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 89 mph (144 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multi-
information display change to
dotted lines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 425 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
426
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
It is possible that under any of the following circumstances, dotted outer lines will
appear on the multi-information display, a buzzer will sound, and LKAS will be
canceled automatically.
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Shadows are cast across the lane lines (e.g., trees, buildings, guardrails, vehicle,
etc.).
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 426 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
427
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• The lines are not very distinguishable from the surface of the road.
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The tires are equipped with snow chains.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 427 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
428
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
Traffic Jam Assist
The traffic jam assist system uses a radar sensor mounted inside the front grille and
a camera mounted to the upper portion of the windshield to detect and monitor left
and right white (yellow) traffic lane lines as well as any vehicle ahead. Based on
inputs from the radar sensor and camera, the system adjusts the speed of your
vehicle to maintain a set interval between your vehicle and the one detected ahead.
It also applies steering torque to keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane
when you are driving in heavy traffic.
■ How Traffic Jam Assist works
If you are in heavy traffic and Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow is
active, the traffic jam assist system, upon detecting the traffic lane lines and a vehicle
ahead, will apply steering torque to help keep your vehicle in the center of the lane.
The system adjusts the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set interval between your
vehicle and the one detected ahead.
1Traffic Jam Assist
3
WARNING
Improper reliance on Traffic Jam Assist can
cause a crash resulting in injury or death.
Always maintain full control over your
vehicle even when this system is active. and
only use when on expressways or freeways.
Traffic Jam Assist is not an autonomous
driving system:
3
WARNING
Failure to securely park vehicle when
stopped using Adaptive Cruise Control with
Low Speed Follow is active can allow the
vehicle to roll away, resulting in an crash
causing injury or death.
Never stop the vehicle and exit it without
placing it in Park and setting the parking
brake.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 428 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
429
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
When the driver takes direct control of steering, the steering assist function is
temporarily canceled.
The torque applied to steering may not be noticeable when the driver has direct
control of steering, or when the surface of the road is rough or uneven.
Front Sensor Camera
Detects vehicle
ahead
Detects left and right
white (yellow) traffic
lane lines
Radar Sensor
When you use the turn signal to indicate a lane change, Traffic Jam Assist is
temporarily deactivated. It is reactivated once the vehicle is traveling in the
center of the lane and the system has detected the traffic lane lines and a
vehicle ahead.
1Traffic Jam Assist
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
Traffic Jam Assist may not always be able to detect
lane division lines or a vehicle traveling ahead.
Depending on weather and road conditions and
other factors, Traffic Jam Assist may not function
normally. Always be aware of your surroundings and
the road conditions, and conduct yourself in a
manner conducive to safe driving. Traffic Jam Assist
may not function properly when you are driving
through a sharp curve or repeatedly accelerating and
decelerating.
Traffic Jam Assist may not work properly under the
certain conditions:
2 Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and
limitations P. 434
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 429 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
430
Driving
Traffic Jam Assist is activated when all of the following circumstances exist:
• LKAS is activate.
• ACC with Low Speed Follow is active.
• The vehicle speed is between 0 and 45mph (0 and 72km/h) and there is a vehicle
detected traveling ahead.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The driver is gripping the steering wheel.
Do not use Traffic Jam Assist in any of the following situations:
• You are traveling on a road with sharp curves.
u The system may not allow your vehicle to respond in a manner best suited for
the road conditions.
• You are entering a toll booth, interchange, service area, or parking area.
u If the vehicle ahead disappears from the travel path of your vehicle, your
vehicle may suddenly accelerate to resume the set speed.
• You are driving in adverse weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
u The system may not be able to correctly determine the interval between your
vehicle and the one ahead.
• The surface of the road is slippery, for example, it is icy or covered with snow.
u The tires may slip, causing you to lose control of the vehicle.
• You are driving in a HOV lane and motorcycles are passing you to the side, or you
are required to keep your vehicle to the right or the left of the lane.
u The system may not be able to correctly determine the vehicle ahead.
■
Traffic Jam Assist Activation
1Traffic Jam Assist Activation
Refer to the following page for proper handling of
the Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow:
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow P. 402
Refer to the following page for proper handling of
the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS):
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 421
Refer to the following page for steering buttons and
displays:
2 How to Operate the Buttons on the
Steering Wheel P. 399
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 430 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
431
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
■ When a vehicle is traveling ahead
When a vehicle ahead of yours is detected entering the Traffic Jam Assist detection
area, Traffic Jam Assist adjusts the speed of your vehicle to maintain the selected
interval between your vehicle and the one ahead. It also applies steering torque to
keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane.
Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane
while driving.
u Traffic Jam Assist will be activated once
the camera has detected the white
(yellow) traffic lane lines on either side of
the lane and the radar sensor and
camera have detected a vehicle driving
ahead.
The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones and a vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display.
■
How Traffic Jam Assist Works
1How Traffic Jam Assist Works
If your vehicle veers too far to the right or the left of
the white (yellow) traffic lane lines while Traffic Jam
Assist is active, deactivate Traffic Jam Assist and have
an authorized Acura dealer inspect your vehicle.
In some cases the system cannot properly detect the
traffic lane lines and, as a result, will not provide
steering assistance.
2 Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and
limitations P. 434
If the driver takes his or her hands off the steering
wheel or does not adequately maintain control of
steering, the warning below will appear.
If the driver does not grip the steering wheel after the
warning above has repeatedly appeared, a warning
buzzer will sound and Traffic Jam Assist will be
canceled.
You can have the head-up display show you the
current state of Traffic Jam Assist.
2 Head-Up Display P. 119
Traffic Jam Assist has a detection range of 197 ft. (60m)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 431 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
432
Driving
■ When no vehicle is traveling ahead
If the vehicle detected ahead disappears from
the travel path of your vehicle (for example, it
changes lanes), Traffic Jam Assist will be
deactivated temporarily and your vehicle will
gradually accelerate until it reaches the set
speed, after which it will maintain that speed.
1How Traffic Jam Assist Works
If the vehicle detected ahead suddenly slows down,
or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of
yours, a warning buzzer will sound, and a warning in
the multi-information display and head-up warning
will appear.
Depress the brake pedal and take direct control of
steering.
Beep
Head-up Warning
The dotted outer lines and a
vehicle icon with a dotted-line
contour appear on the multi-
information display.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 432 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
433
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
To cancel Traffic Jam Assist, you can do any of the following:
• Press the MAIN button.
• Press the LKAS button.
• When the ACC with Low Speed Follow is deactivated.
■ When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be suspended when:
The system is temporarily canceled automatically under the following circumstances.
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• The steering wheel is turned quickly.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The wipers are set to high.
• The interval between your vehicle and the one traveling ahead is over 197 feet
(60m).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the Traffic Jam Assist automatically resumes.
■
Canceling Traffic Jam Assist
1How Traffic Jam Assist Works
If you are traveling slower than the vehicle detected
ahead or a vehicle that is detected cutting in front of
you and the interval between your vehicle and the
detected vehicle gradually increases, your vehicle will
continue to follow that vehicle without emitting any
warning, even if the interval between the vehicle is
minimal.
1When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be suspended when:
You are traveling over 45mph (72km/h).
uWhen the speed of the vehicle reaches 45mph
(72km/h), Traffic Jam Assist is deactivated and LKAS
is activated instead. Once the speed of the vehicle
drops to under 42mph (68km/h), Traffic Jam Assist
is reactivated.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 433 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
434
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
■ When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be canceled when:
It is possible that under any of the following circumstances, broken lines
representing traffic lane lines will appear in the multi-information display, a buzzer
will sound, and Traffic Jam Assist will be canceled.
• The temperature of the camera is too high.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, is dirty.
Under the following circumstances, some features of Traffic Jam Assist may not
work.
■ Vehicle conditions
• The front grille is dirty.
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged up.
• Your vehicle is fitted with tires or wheels of differing size, type, or structure, or the
tires are not properly inflated.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The interval between your vehicle and the detected vehicle ahead of you is too
short.
• Snow chains are installed on the tires.
■
Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 434 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
435
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Continued
Driving
■ Environmental conditions
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• You are driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto your vehicle or the roadway.
• Brightness in the immediate are suddenly changes between light and dark, such
as at the an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• The road has puddles or the surface of the road is shiny due to recent rainfall.
• Shadows are cast across the lane lines (e.g., trees, buildings, guardrails, vehicle,
etc.).
• Spray or snow coming off the vehicle ahead.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■ Roadway conditions
Certain features of the road can interfere with proper camera operation. Here are
some examples:
• The lines are not very distinguishable from the surface of the road.
• The section of the road has lane restrictions or temporarily marked lanes.
• The lines are faded, removed lines remain visible next to newer lines (duplicate
lines), or the road is marked with tire tracks.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 435 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
436
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or of inconsistent width.
• The lane lines are partly concealed by your vehicle or another vehicle.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• The vehicle is shaking considerably because of an uneven road surface, etc.
• Objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines
(or yellow lines).
• The lines appear distorted or they briefly disappear out of the camera detection
range due to an uneven road surface.
• The road is unpaved, or has a rough or bumpy surface.
• The roads has double lines.
• The surface of the road is slippery due to icy or snowy conditions.
• Sections of the paved road are obscured by puddles or snow.
• The road has ruts.
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 436 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
437
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Continued
Driving
• The section of the road branches off or merges with another road.
■ Certain features of the road can interfere with proper radar sensor
operation. Here are some examples:
• The road has curves, undulations, slopes, etc.
• The radar beam is reflecting off multiple items that are within close proximity of
your vehicle. This can happen when you are driving, for example, across a narrow
truss bridge.
Lane void of lines at junction
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 437 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
438
uuWhen DrivinguTraffic Jam Assist
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• The vehicle ahead suddenly accelerates.
• The vehicle ahead is a panel truck or a vehicle whose shape is not of standard
dimensions.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• The ground clearance of the vehicle ahead is unusually high.
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front of yours.
Radar detects upper
section of an empty
carrier truck.
Panel truck,
tanker truck,
etc.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 438 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
439
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Continued
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the
brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine and motor do not respond to the
accelerator. You may also notice some noise
from the hydraulic system. You will also see
the indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 439 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
440
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you turn the
power system on, even if you press the button
the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after turning the power
system on or while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 440 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
441
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 441 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
442
uuWhen DrivinguSPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Driving
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of motor and/or engine torque
to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.
SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle
situations like slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hills, better
than when driving with standard two wheel drive. However, the system does not
help to enhance braking. Be cautious about the following:
• It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes.
• Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
1SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT
HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Do not drive through deep water.
The SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® system may not
function properly if tire type and size are mixed.
Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and
the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 526
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 442 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
443
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
Continued
Driving
Blind spot information System
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.” When the
system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate
indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.
■ How the system works
1Blind spot information System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information
system has limitations. Over reliance on the blind spot
information system may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes,
etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not
Available multi-information display appearing.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message appearing.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may
not come on under the following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•
The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
●
The transmission is in (D.
●
Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h)
and 100 mph (160 km/h).
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 443 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
444
Driving
■ When the system detects a vehicle
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator:
Located near the outside rearview mirror on
both sides.
Comes on when:
• A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
• You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
1Blind spot information System
• An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
The system does not operate when in
(R.
You can turn off the audible alert, or all the blind spot
information system alert using the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Blind spot information system may be adversely
affected when:
• Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc.) are detected.
• An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
• The system picks up external electrical interference.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
• The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
• In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For proper blind spot information system operation:
• Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
• Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
• Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired,
or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
Comes On
Blinks
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 444 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
445
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 570
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 445 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
446
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power
mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel
until you see the tire pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the multi-information
display can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message
on the multi-information display do not go off after
you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,
have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire
*
, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
ᵑᵔ
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 446 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
447
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 447 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
448
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 448 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
449
uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery
Driving
High Voltage Battery
The High Voltage battery gradually discharges when the vehicle is not in use. As a
result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery level may
get low. Keeping your vehicle’s battery level low can shorten the battery life. To
maintain the battery, drive your vehicle for more than 30 minutes to recharge the
battery at least once every three months.
To help maintain the battery life, when parking under the direct sunlight during
summer, try find a shaded area.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 449 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
450
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■ To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
power mode the vehicle is in.
Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently
and securely.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on.
■
Parking Brake
1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
whirling sound from the engine compartment. This is
because the brake system is in operation, and it is
normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 562
If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving, the brakes on all four
wheels are applied by the VSA® system until the
vehicle come to a stop. The electric parking
brake then applies, and the switch should be
released.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 450 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
451
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ To release
The power mode must be in the ON position
to release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
• When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
Low Speed Follow.
• When the power system is turned off while ACC
with Low Speed Follow is activated.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.
• When the power system is turned off while brake
hold is applied.
• When there is a problem with the Brake Hold
System.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 451 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBrakinguBrake System
452
Driving
■ To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.
The parking brake automatically releases as you depress the accelerator pedal when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The power system is on.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Electric parking brake system indicator
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
Accelerator Pedal
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 452 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
453
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 457
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 456
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply regenerative braking by taking
your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting
to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 453 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBrakinguBrake System
454
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system only while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like
at traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P and applying the parking
brake.
■Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
power system. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■ Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in
(D or (N.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
■ Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in
(D.
The system is canceled
and the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
U.S.
Canada
On
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 454 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
455
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R.
• You engage the parking brake.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The power system is turned off.
• Brake Hold System Problem appears on the multi-information display.
■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
power system or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 466
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the power
system is off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 455 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
456
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake
pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to
press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel
the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not operating. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
• You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
• The tires are equipped with snow chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while the vehicle
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 456 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
457
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 457 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
458
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■ How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 462
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
Be careful not to have the radar sensor cover strongly
impacted.
1How the system works
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62 mph
(30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
detected in front of you.
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3
mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
When to use
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a
collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 458 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
459
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 295
■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and
audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the
steering wheel, etc.).
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 462
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and
stops if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Head-up
Warning
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
Tactile Alert
1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
2 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator P. 84
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 459 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
460
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The radar sensor
detects a vehicle
E-pretensioner/
Reactive Force Pedal
Audible & Visual WARNINGS
Steering
Wheel
Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of
you.
Increases the
accelerator pedal
resistance force.
When in Long, visual and
audible alerts come on at a
longer distance from a vehicle
ahead than in Normal setting,
and in Short, at a shorter
distance than in Normal.
In case of
an
oncoming
vehicle
detected,
rapid
vibration is
provided.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a
collision has
increased, time to
respond is
reduced.
Retracts the driver’s
seat belt gently a few
times, providing a
physical warning.
Visual and audible alerts. —
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully tightens
driver and front
passenger seat belts.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Accelerator Pedal
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 460 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
461
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you turn
the power system on, even if you turned it off
the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 462
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 461 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
462
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 400
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to the
radar sensor area. This can impact CMBS
TM
operation.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
OFF button and take your vehicle to a
dealer.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 462 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
463
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 463 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
464
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
■
Automatic shutoff
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 464 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
465
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 465 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
466
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the gear position to
(P.
4. Turn off the power system.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an
incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 466 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
467
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
Driving
If during in Auto Engine Stop, the gear position changes to (P and the engine
restarts automatically under the following conditions:
• The power system is on.
• The gear position is not in
(P.
• You unfasten the driver side seat belt and open the door.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the driveline:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the power system to overheat
and fail.
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 467 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
468
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
Parking Sensor System
*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the
beeper and audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance
between your vehicle and the obstacle.
■ The sensor location and range
1Parking Sensor System
*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt.
• The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:
• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge.
• Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 468 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
469
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Continued
Driving
■ Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn the
system on or off. The indicator in the button
comes on when the system is on.
The front corner sensors and the rear center
and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle
when the transmission is in
(R.
The front corner sensors start to detect an
obstacle when the transmission is not in
(P,
and the vehicle speed is less than 6 mph (9
km/h).
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 469 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
470
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Length of the
intermittent beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator Audio/information screen
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate —
Rear: About 43-24 in
(110-60 cm)
Blinks in Yellow
*1
Short
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
Blinks in Amber
Very short
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
Blinks in Red
Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 470 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
471
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for ten seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button blinks.
u The beeper sounds once.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
■
Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you select
(R, the indicator in the parking
sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the
rear sensors have been turned off.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 471 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
472
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors
are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
Models with parking sensor system
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 472 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
473
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 475
2 Customized Features P. 295
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning or accelerator pedal resistibility.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from
your vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
• An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
• A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
• The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
• Your vehicle is on an incline.
• Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
• Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 473 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
474
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in
(R, mud snow or ice, etc.
may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor.
The system is temporarily canceled. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Rear Wide View Rear Normal View
Arrow Icon
Arrow Icon
Models with surround view camera system
Rear Ground View
Models with multi-view rear camera
Wide View Normal View Top Down View
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 474 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
476
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R.
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the
interface dial to switch the angle.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 295
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Top Down View Mode
Normal View Mode
Wide View Mode
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 39 inches
(1 m)
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm)
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 476 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
477
uuMulti-View Rear Camera
*
uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
• If you were last using Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the same view
mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into (R.
• If you were using Top down view mode before you turned the power mode to
OFF, Wide view mode will be activated the next time you set the power mode to
ON and put the transmission into
(R.
• If you were using Top down view mode and 10 seconds elapsed after you took
the transmission out of
(R, Wide view mode will be activated the next time you
put the transmission into (R.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 477 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
478
Driving
Surround View Camera System
*
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from
different angles, then displays the images on the audio/information screen. This
system can be used to:
• Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.).
2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 486
• Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in
confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 486
• Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R.
2 Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle P. 482
• Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking
space.
2 Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 483
2 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 484
1Surround View Camera System
*
3
WARNING
Failure to visually assess the area around
the vehicle (directly or by use of the
mirrors) may result in a crash causing
serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view
camera system display are limited. The
display may not show all pedestrians or
other objects around your vehicle.
Do not solely rely only on the surround
view camera system display to assess
whether it is safe to move your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to pay proper attention to your
surroundings while driving may result in a
crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision,
only look at the surround view camera
system display when it is safe to do so.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 478 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
479
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Continued
Driving
Displaying an Image From the Surround View
Cameras
■ For frontal views:
Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is
stationary or moving at 12 mph (20 km/h) or
slower. Press the button again or the interface
dial to switch camera views.
■ For rear reviews:
Change the gear position to (R when the
vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA
button or the interface dial to switch to rear
view mode.
You can customize the display setting.
2 Customized Features P. 295
1Surround View Camera System
*
The surround view camera system does not eliminate
all blind spots. The system is for your convenience
only.
Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from
debris.
The navigation system is disabled when the gear
position is in
(R.
CAMERA
Button
Interface
Dial
CAMERA
Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 479 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
480
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
■
Camera Locations and Images
Ground View
An overhead view created by the
combination of images captured
by four cameras.
Left and Right
Side View
Front Ground View
Right Side View
Front Wide View
Sideview Camera
(Passenger side)
Sideview Camera
(Driver side)
Rearview Camera
Front-view Camera
The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear
differently than they actually are - objects seen on the audio/information
screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This
becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.
CAMERA
Button
Rear
Ground
View
Rear
Wide
View
Rear
Normal
View
CAMERA Button
CAMERA Button
CAMERA Button
Press and
hold
CAMERA
button.
CAMERA
Button
CAMERA Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 480 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
481
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
Following can be displayed when the system is on.
Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the
rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance.
Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current
position.
Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in Left Park Guidance,
Back-in Right Park Guidance, Left Parallel Park Guidance, or Right Parallel
Park Guidance from Parking Guidance Menu to display:
Initial position guide: Marks the point
where your vehicle is headed when reversing.
Steering position alignment guide:
Indicates when to change the steering wheel
position.
■
Reference Lines and Guides
1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Operating the navigation system or audio system
while the surround view camera system screen is
displayed cancels the surround view camera system
screen and starts up the navigation system screen.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle
speed is more than 15 mph (25 km/h), the standby
screen appears.
When the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20
km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera
system image.
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines
and camera views on the display may differ from the
actual positions/distances due to the changes in the
vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors.
The guide lines should be used as a reference only.
The guide lines can be turned on and off using the
audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 295
If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until
you turn them back on.
To see the guidance on how to use the reference
lines and guides while they appear on the display,
press and hold the CAMERA button or the interface
dial. To close the guidance, press and hold the
CAMERA button or the interface dial again, or press
the BACK button.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 481 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
482
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
Driving
When Parking Your Vehicle
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is
changed to (R.
■
Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
1When Parking Your Vehicle
The ground view can be displayed even with the door
mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and
blind spot change.
Do not refer to the surround view camera system
when the door mirrors are folded.
FoldedNot folded
1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
When changing the gear position from/to
(R, you
may experience a delay in switching between the
audio/information screen and a rear view image.
Rear Wide View
Rear Normal View
Rear Ground View
When the
steering wheel is
turned more than
90 degrees.
The projection lines
appear approx. 10
inches (25 cm)
outside the vehicle
body.
Blind spots
appear in
black.
Press the CAMERA
button.
Approximate distances
the guide lines indicate
Approximate distances the
projection lines indicate
39 inches (1 m)20 inches
(50 cm)
39 inches
(1 m)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 482 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
483
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
Driving
1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the
MENU button. Rotate to select Back- in left park guidance or Back-in right
park guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the
initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly move the vehicle forward.
u
Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.
■
Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in
the parking lines, the parking space is too small for
the vehicle.
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.
Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)
The initial positioning
guide must come here.
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)
Make sure the guides
are within the parking
space when reversing.
Initial
Positioning
Guide
Steering Position
Alignment Guide
A
B
C
Steering position alignment
guide enters the parking
space. (Step 4)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 483 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
484
Driving
1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the MENU button. Rotate to select
Left parallel park guidance or Right Parallel park guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial
positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly reverse the vehicle.
u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the
sideline of the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.
■
Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
1
Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.
Initial
Positioning
Guide
Steering Position
Alignment Guide
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)
Must be
wider than
approx. 8
feet (2.5 m)
Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m)
A
B
C
Initial
positioning
guide
overlaps the
front corner
of the space.
(Step 2)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 484 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
485
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
Driving
You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the
system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 12 mph
(20 km/h) changes the image as follows.
■
Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h),
the front or side view on the screen automatically
switches to the audio information screen. The front
or side view screen resumes when the vehicle speed
is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h).
0 mph (0 km/h)
Down Up
Camera
Screen
Camera
Screen
Audio/information
Screen
Audio/information
Screen
15 mph (25 km/h)
12 mph (20 km/h)0 mph (0 km/h)
Side
View
Front Wide View
Front Ground View
Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
A Combined Image of
Both Side Views
Approximate distance
the reference line
indicates.
Blind spots
appear in black.
Projection lines
appear.
Press the CAMERA
button.
When the
steering wheel is
turned more
than 90 degrees.
approx. 3 feet (1 m)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 485 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
486
Driving
■ Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing
from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
■ Checking the sides of your vehicle
The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or
slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
1Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The
displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects
may appear closer or more distant than they actually
are.
The angle
provided by the
front wide view
screen is 180
degrees.
Front Wide View Screen
When the vehicle
speed is below 12
mph (20 km/h),
press the
CAMERA
button
repeatedly until
the front wide
view comes on.
1Checking the sides of your vehicle
When the door mirrors are folded, the side views
cannot be displayed.
Side View Screen
12 inches
(30 cm)
12 inches
(30 cm)
Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
Approximate distance
the projection lines
indicate is 12 inches
(30 cm) from the
vehicle.
Side Views
The images
from the side
cameras.
12 inches
(30 cm)
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 486 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
487
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uWhen Parking Your Vehicle
Driving
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
■
Surround View Camera System Limitations
Conditions Solutions
The images may not
appear clearly when:
• You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain,
snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
• Camera temperatures are high.
• A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
Do not use the surround view camera system but rely
only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow
the system to work properly.
• A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or
debris.
• A camera lens is scratched.
Clean camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with
water, mild detergent or glass cleaner.
The audio/information screen is dirty. Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth.
A camera angle is
altered.
A camera or the area around the camera has been
severely impacted.
Do not use the surround view camera system and
contact a dealer.
An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 487 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
488
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 15.1 US gal (57 L)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 488 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
489
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the power system.
3. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service
station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller
diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other
uses) or other non-service station devices can damage
the area in and around the filler opening.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 583
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Turn the power system off, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Press
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 489 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
490
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
multi-information display.
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 504
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
L per 100 km
Liters of
fuel
Kilometers
driven
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 490 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
491
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 492
Safety When Performing Maintenance .... 493
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 494
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 495
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood .... 501
Opening the Hood ........................... 502
Engine Compartment Cover............. 503
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 504
Oil Check......................................... 505
Adding Engine Oil............................ 506
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter..... 507
Cooling System................................ 509
Inverter Coolant............................... 511
Transmission Fluid............................ 512
Brake Fluid....................................... 512
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 513
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 514
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
....517
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 520
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 521
Tire Labeling .................................... 521
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 523
Wear Indicators ............................... 525
Tire Service Life................................ 525
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 526
Tire Rotation.................................... 527
Winter Tires ..................................... 528
12-Volt Battery ................................. 529
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 530
Climate Control System Maintenance
....531
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 532
Exterior Care.................................... 534
Accessories and Modifications ........ 537
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 491 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
492
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 512
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 520
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 514
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 517
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 498
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 595
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 492 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
493
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Continued
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot
warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance.
Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt
battery or compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
■
Maintenance Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 493 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
494
Maintenance
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system
cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and
limbs away from moving parts. When the power mode is on, the engine can
automatically start, or the radiator fan may start operating without the engine
running.
• Do not touch the high-voltage battery and wiring (orange).
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
■
Vehicle Safety
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 494 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
495
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON.
The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 495 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
496
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Roll the right selector wheel until the engine oil life appears on the multi-
information display.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 498
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Right Selector Wheel
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 496 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
497
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon 15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display
by rolling the right selector wheel, this
message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and
serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Roll the right selector wheel
to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over 10
miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Roll the right
selector wheel to switch to another
display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 497 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
498
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Main Item
Sub Items
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 498 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
499
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
*1: If a message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is
reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A • Replace engine oil
*1
B • Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
• Inspect front and rear brakes
• Check expiration date for temporary tire repair kit
bottle (if equipped)
• Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Inspect suspension components
• Inspect driveshaft boots
• Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA®)
• Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Inspect exhaust system
#
• Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under this condition, have the transmission fluid changed at
30,000 miles (48,000 km), then every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under
-20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles (100,000 km).
*6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (Shear)
stress to fluid. This requires Twin Motor Unit fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under this condition, have the Twin Motor Unit
fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1 • Rotate tires
2 • Replace air cleaner element
*2
• Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
• Inspect drive belt
3 • Replace transmission fluid
*4
4 • Replace spark plugs
• Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
*5
• Inspect valve clearance
5 • Replace engine coolant
6 • Replace Twin Motor Unit fluid
*6
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 499 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
500
Maintenance
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Select Vehicle Settings by rotating the interface dial, then press ENTER.
4. Move the interface dial right or left to select Maintenance Info. tab.
5. Rotate the interface dial to select Maintenance Reset, then press ENTER.
6. Move the interface dial down to select RESET, then press ENTER.
u A confirmation message appears on the audio/information screen.
7. Rotate the interface dial to select Reset, then press ENTER.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life returns to
100%.
To cancel the maintenance reset mode, select Cancel, then press ENTER.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
Minder
TM
display yourself.
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 500 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
501
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Washer Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
12-Volt Battery
Engine Coolant Reserve
Tank
Radiator Cap
Inverter Coolant
Filler Tank
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 501 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
502
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower left corner of the
dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12
inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Pull
Hood Release Handle
Lever
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 502 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
503
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
To remove the cover:
1. Remove the holding clips.
2. Move the hood seal rubber back and forth to remove it from the fender garnish.
3. Pull up on the engine compartment cover, remove it from the pins.
1Engine Compartment Cover
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Holding clip
Push until the
pin is flat
Engine Compartment Cover
Clip
Fender Garnish
Hood Seal Rubber
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 503 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
504
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Use a genuine engine oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable type and
viscosity (for the ambient temperature) as shown in the image that follows.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s performance and longevity. If you drive
the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.
*1:Formulated to improve fuel economy.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
Genuine Engine Oil Commercial Engine Oil
• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
with an API Certification Seal on the
container
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
The following seal indicates the oil is energy
conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Ambient Temperature
0W-20
Ambient Temperature
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 504 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
505
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having
run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes
before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 505 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
506
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 506 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
507
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the following
conditions are met:
• The SPORT mode is on.
2 SPORT Mode P. 393
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-
information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Drain Bolt
Washer
Oil Filter
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 507 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
508
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including filter):
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 508 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
509
uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System
Continued
Maintenance
Cooling System
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Cooling System
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 509 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System
510
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 503
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counter-clockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Radiator Cap
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 510 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
511
uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant
Maintenance
Inverter Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the inverter coolant level every time you refuel.
Have a dealer replace the inverter coolant.
1. Check the fluid level in the tank.
2. If the coolant level has dropped below the
MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at a
dealer.
u Only a properly trained technician can
refill the coolant and check the system
for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Checking the Coolant
1Inverter Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the motor components.
MAX
MIN
Filler
Tank
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 511 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
512
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
■
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DW-1
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Acura ATF DW-1 must not be mixed with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty.
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
MIN
Reserve Tank
MAX
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 512 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
513
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 513 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
514
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights
*
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Front Turn Signal Lights
Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 514 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
515
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Lights
Maintenance
Front Side Marker Lights
Front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
Rear Turn Signal Lights
Rear turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights
Brake/taillight and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Taillights
Taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 515 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
516
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Lights
Maintenance
Back-Up Lights
Back-up lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace
the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Lights
Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights
Door outer handle ambient lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 516 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
517
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2. While holding the wiper switch in the
MIST position, set the power mode to ON,
then to VEHICLE OFF.
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 517 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
518
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Press and hold the tab, then slide the
holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
is out of the holder’s end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Wiper
Blade
End Cap at
the bottom
Holder
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 518 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
519
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.
Cap
Wiper
Blade
Holder
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 519 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
520
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and
comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified
pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare
*
. Even tires in good condition can lose 1-2 psi (10-20
kPa, 0.1-0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 525
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before
long trips.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Vehicles with optional spare tire kit
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 520 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
521
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as follows.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if
equipped.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare, if equipped.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
245/40R19 98W
245: Tire width in millimeters.
40: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
19: Rim diameter in inches.
98: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
W: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 521 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
522
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 522 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
523
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 523 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
524
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 524 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
525
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare
*
, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
1Checking Tires
High speed driving
We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 118 mph or 190
km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below
to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire
failure.
Tire Size 245/40R19 98W
Pressure 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.7 kgf/cm
2
)
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 525 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
526
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 526 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
527
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Direction Mark
Front
Front
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 527 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
528
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1040
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 528 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
529
Maintenance
12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the multi-information display will display a
warning message. If this happens, have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 214
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 128
Charging the 12-Volt Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
112-Volt Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery maintenance,
wear protective clothing and a face shield,
or have a skilled technician do it.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 529 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
530
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.
2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying
on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 530 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
531
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 531 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
532
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 532 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
533
uuCleaninguInterior Care
Maintenance
The floor mats hook over floor anchors, which
keep them from sliding forward. To remove a
mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the
unlock position. When reinstalling the mat
after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock
position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Unlock
Lock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 533 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
534
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
Air Intake Vents
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure the
transmission is in the
(N position.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in
(N
position P. 389
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 534 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
535
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 535 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
536
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion.
Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear
burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still
wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 536 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
537
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or
backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 572
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
3
WARNING
Use of improperly designed, engineered or
manufactured high-voltage battery
assemblies could cause a fire in your
vehicle.
A vehicle fire could result in a crash or
injury.
Only use a genuine Acura high-voltage
battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your
vehicle.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 537 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
538
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.
If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Acura high-
voltage battery assembly. Genuine Acura high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle’s hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-
voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 538 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
539
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools.................................. 540
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 541
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 553
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure................... 559
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak ............................................. 560
Emergency Power System Off........... 561
Jump Starting.................................... 562
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 565
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On ............................................. 567
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 567
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 568
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On ................................................. 568
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 569
If the Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 569
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 570
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message... 571
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 572
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 579
Emergency Towing........................... 580
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 581
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
.....582
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ....583
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 539 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
540
Handling the Unexpected
Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the trunk.
Vehicles with optional spare tire kit
Jack
Jack Handle Bar Towing Hook
Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Funnel
Flat-tip Screwdriver Grip
Towing Hook Funnel
Flat-tip Screwdriver Grip
Tool Case
Vehicle without optional spare tire
kit is shown.
Vehicles without optional spare tire kit
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 540 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
541
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to
have the vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
• More than one tire is punctured.
• The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
• The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
• Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
Contact
Area
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 541 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
542
Handling the Unexpected
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
psi/kPa
p
si/kPa
Selector Knob
Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label
Pressure Relief Button
Inflator Switch
Instruction Manual
REPAIR Side
Sealant/Air Hose
AIR Side
Power Plug
Pressure Gauge
Tire Sealant
Expiration Date
U.S. Canada
U.S. Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 542 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
543
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
1. Pull the handle on the trunk floor lid and
open the lid.
2. Hook the handle to the edge of the trunk
opening.
3. Take the kit out of the case.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Handle
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 543 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
544
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/
Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 544 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
545
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
5. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 72
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
There are two accessory power sockets:
• In the center pocket
• In the console compartment
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 190
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
REPAIR side
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 545 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
546
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
1Injecting Sealant and Air
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Pressure Relief
Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 546 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
547
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
U.S.
Canada
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 547 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
548
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 550
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 19 psi (130 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The
leak is too severe. Call for help and have
your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 580
• 36 psi (250 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check
the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down
after the 10 minute driving, you do not
need to check the pressure any more.
Sealant/Air Hose
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 548 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
549
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less
than 36 psi (250 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi
(250 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 550
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check
the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this
range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
AIR side
ON
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
Pressure Relief Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 549 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
550
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 542
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Sealant/
Air Hose
Valve Cap
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 550 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
551
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 190
8. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 72
9. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
ON
AIR side
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 551 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
552
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 552 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
553
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface, and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Vehicles with optional spare tire kit
1Changing a Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not use an unapproved puncture-repairing agent
on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure
sensor.
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 553 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
554
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 541
2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Spare Tire
Tool Case
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 554 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
555
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 555 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
556
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the power system is on.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and no person should place any
portion of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 556 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Continued
557
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 557 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
558
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
2. Wrap the spacer cone and spare tire wing
bolt with cloth or paper, and store them in
the spare tire well.
3. Store the jack and tools in the tool case.
Place the tool case and the trunk floor lid on
the flat tire.
4. Close the trunk.
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire
Pressure Monitor Problem will appear on the multi-information display and the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal
and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multi-
information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few
miles (kilometers).
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Spacer Cone
Wing Bolt
■
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 558 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
559
Handling the Unexpected
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure
When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready To Drive message
does not appear on the multi-information display, check the following items and
take appropriate action.
Checklist Condition What to Do
Check if the related
indicator or multi-
information display
messages come on.
The Temperature Is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate
message appears.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 94
The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears.
uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range.
2 POWER Button Operating Range P. 152
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 560
The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The transmission system indicator blinks and Transmission
Problem Apply Parking Brake When Parked message
appears.
The power system can be activated as a
temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message P. 571
Check the brightness
of the interior lights.
The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by a dealer.
The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 579
Check the gear
position.
The transmission is not in (P. Change the gear position to (P.
Check the
immobilizer system
indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the power
system cannot be turned on.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 87
1Checking the Procedure
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 562
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 559 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
560
uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, the POWER button flashes, and the
READY indicator does not come on, turn on the power system as follows:
1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the A logo on the keyless access
remote while the POWER button is
flashing. The buttons on the keyless access
remote should be facing you.
u The POWER button flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds and the POWER button
changes from flashing to on.
u If you do not depress the pedal, the
mode will change to ACCESSORY.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 560 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
561
uuPower System Won’t StartuEmergency Power System Off
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Power System Off
The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency
situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the POWER button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to
(P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Power System Off
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the power system to be
turned off.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 561 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
562
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power
system, then open the hood.
1. Open the fuse box cover on your vehicle’s
12-volt battery positive + terminal.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u If you use a booster battery, only use a
12-volt booster battery.
u When using an automotive battery
charger, select a charging voltage lower
than 15-volts. Check the charger manual
for the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do
not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
follow the correct procedure, seriously
injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the 12-volt battery.
Booster Battery
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 562 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
563
uuJump Startingu
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine hanger as
shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to
any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 563 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
564
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 564 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
565
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
u Change the gear position to
(P and set the parking brake.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it
subsides. Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the high temperature
indicator on may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 565 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
566
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
turn the power system off once the high
temperature indicator goes off.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately turn the power system off.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
2 Radiator P. 510
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on and check the
high temperature indicator. If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving.
If it stays on, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 566 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
567
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Turn the power system off and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 505
3. Turn the power system on and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Turn the power
system off and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
power system. Restarting the power system may
rapidly discharge the battery.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 567 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
568
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If both red and amber brake system indicators come
on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it
inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 568 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
569
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn on the power system again.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes
On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake
system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle
inspected at a dealer.
■ What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on
or blinks at the same time.
• Release the parking brake. If you cannot release it, immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer.
• If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get
your vehicle inspected at a dealer.
• If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after
releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place and call a dealer.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 569 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
570
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire
*
is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver’s side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire
*
causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 570 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
571
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Handling the Unexpected
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioning.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
• Change the gear position to (N after you turn the power system on.
u Check if the
(N position in the instrument panel and the indicator
on the (N button light/blink.
u The power system cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is
set.
2 Turning on the Power P. 378
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to turn on the power system.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 580
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 571 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
572
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and check
to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
There are four fuse boxes in the engine
compartment.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reserve tank.
Push the tabs to open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 IG1A ACG FR 15 A
2 IG1A MISS SOL1 10 A
3 − −
4− −
5 SMART 7.5 A
6 IG1B ECU FR 7.5 A
7 IG1B OP FR 7.5 A
8 IGP2 15 A
9 DBW 15 A
10 IGP 15 A
11 IG Coil 15 A
12 ACM 20 A
13 Headlight Washer
*
(30 A)
14 Interior Lights 10 A
15 Back Up Radio 10 A
16 Back Up 10 A
17 AFP 10 A
18 Front Washer 15 A
19 Stop 7.5 A
20 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
21 Trunk 10 A
22 Small 15 A
23 Front Fog Lights
*
(7.5 A)
24 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
25 IMA Motor 15 A
26 Right Headlight Low Beam 15 A
27 Left Headlight Low Beam 15 A
28 IGP2 Sub 7.5 A
29 Power Rear Sunshade
*
(20 A)
30 Heated Windshield 20 A
31 Wiper 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 572 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
573
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located near the 12-volt battery. Push the
tabs to open the box.
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Main Fuse 200 A
2
− (40 A)
Rear Defroster 40 A
DR F/B Main 1 60 A
AS F/B Main 1 60 A
R/B Main 3 50 A
AS F/B Main 2 60 A
ABS/VSA RLY 30 A
Heater Motor 40 A
3
R/B Main 1 60 A
ESB 40 A
IG Main 60 A
DR F/B Main 2 60 A
SBW 60 A
R/B Main 2 60 A
Horn & Hazard 20 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
4EOP 30A
5 Left Electric Parking Brake 30 A
6 Right Electric Parking Brake 30 A
7 Injector 20 A
8 Hazard 15 A
9 IGA 2 7.5 A
10 − −
11 Horn 10 A
Located near the + terminal on the 12-volt
battery. Push the tabs to open the box.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
Tab
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Radiator Fan 50 A
2 EPS 80 A
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 573 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
574
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located inside the left side of the front
bumper. Use the following procedure to
reach the box.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
right.
2. Remove the holding clips (A) and (B) by
inserting a flat-tip screwdriver and lifting
the center pins up.
u Make sure to reinstall the clips after
inspecting the fuses.
u To reinstall the clips, insert them with
the center pins raised, and push until
they are flat.
Inner Fender
Clip (A)
Clips
(B)
Clip (A)
Clip (B)
<Removing> <Installing>
<Removing> <Installing>
3. Pull the inner fender back.
4. Pull the lock tab to the direction shown in
the image and pull out the fuse box.
Lock Tab
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 574 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
575
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Push the tabs to remove the cover.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Tab
Circuit Protected Amps
1 HCA 1 20 A
2 TCU 30 A
3 HCA 2 20 A
4 STRG MOVE 1 20 A
5 − −
6 − −
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 575 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
576
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
There are two fuse boxes in the driver’s side.
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the under panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Driver’s Side Door Lock 10 A
2 Passenger’s Side Door Lock 10 A
3 Driver’s Door Lock 10 A
4 Driver’s Side Door Unlock 10 A
5
Passenger’s Side Door
Unlock
10 A
6 Driver’s Door Unlock 10 A
7 Door Lock 20 A
8 − −
9 Power System 1 10 A
10 IG1 DR1 7.5 A
11 Meter 10 A
12 Passenger’s Side Fuse Box 20 A
13 ACCESSORY 7.5 A
14 − −
15 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding 20 A
16 Moonroof 20 A
17
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
20 A
18 STRG MOVE 2 20 A
19 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
20 Power System 2 15 A
21 Fuel Pump 20 A
22 Power System 2 7.5 A
23 Starter Cut 7.5 A
24 IG1 DR2 7.5 A
25 Start DIAG 7.5 A
26 Air Conditioning 7.5 A
27 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
29 Driver’s Lumbar Support 7.5 A
30 SMART 10 A
31 − −
32
Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining
20 A
33 Left e-pretensioner (20 A)
34 IG1 Box 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 576 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
577
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.
When you remove the outer panel, use the
following procedure.
1. Pry on the lower edge of the panel using
a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
2. Pull the outer panel towards you, then
remove it.
Outer Panel
Fuse locations are shown on the image
below.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number in the image and chart.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
3
12
Fuse Box
Circuit Protected Amps
1 IG Main 2 30 A
2 ST MG 30 A
3 IG Main 1 30 A
Located on the lower side panel. Take off
the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
■
Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box
Fuse Label
Cover
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 577 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
578
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 Front Seat Heaters/AVS
*
20 A
3
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
4
Front Passenger’s Lumbar
Support
7.5 A
5 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
6 A/C Water Pump 10 A
7
Passenger’s Power Seat
Sliding
20 A
8
Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining
20 A
9 Rear Seat Heaters 20 A
10 − −
11 Fly Start 15 A
12
Accessory Power Socket
(Console Compartment)
20 A
13
Accessory Power Socket
(Center Pocket)
20 A
14 AS ECU 7.5 A
15 Glove Box 7.5 A
16 − −
17 − −
18
Front Passenger’s Power
Window
20 A
19 SRS1 10 A
*1:Models without surround view camera
system
*2:Models with surround view camera
system
20 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
21 BATT ECU 7.5 A
22 e-pretensioner 7.5 A
23 − −
24 SRS2 7.5 A
25 Illumination 7.5 A
26 Right e-pretensioner 20 A
27 Heated Steering Wheel 10 A
28 Audio AMP
30 A
*1
40 A
*2
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 578 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
579
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 572 to 577.
There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse
box located near the brake fluid reserve tank.
Blown Fuse
Combined Fuse
Blown
Fuse
Fuse Puller
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 579 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
580
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.
Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 580 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
581
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk and remove the cover.
2. Pull the release lever toward you.
u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Cover
Release Lever
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 581 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
582
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.
1. Pull the rear seat armrest down.
2. Push the button to open the cover.
u The cover latches when you push it back
to the original position.
u You can lock and unlock this cover using
the built-in key.
To lock the cover: Insert the key to the
lock, then turn it the right.
To unlock the cover: Insert the key to
the lock, then turn it the left.
3. With pulling the inner partition up, pull the
trunk release handle down to the direction
of the arrow in the image.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
1What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Lock
Button
Cover
Trunk
Release
Handle
Inner
Partition
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 582 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
583
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the power system.
2. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the
trunk.
2 Types of Tools P. 540
4. Remove the funnel from the case.
5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Turn the power system off, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Funnel Case
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 583 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
584
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 584 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
585
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications.................................... 586
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number..................... 588
Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 589
Reporting Safety Defects................. 590
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 591
Warranty Coverages ........................ 593
Authorized Manuals......................... 595
Client Service Information ............... 596
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 585 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
586
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
■ Air Conditioning
Model RLX
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 15.3 - 17.1 oz (435 - 485 g)
Lubricant Type ND-OIL 11
Quantity 7.9 - 8.8 cu-in (130.0 - 145.0 cm
3
)
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G
Type
Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 15.2 US gal (57 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 5.3 US qt (5.0 L)
■ Light Bulbs
*1: Not available on all models
Headlights (Low Beam) LED
Headlights (High Beam) LED
Fog Lights
*1
LED
Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Front Side Marker Lights LED
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
LED
Brake Lights LED
Taillights LED
Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Back-Up Lights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights LED
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Lights LED
Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights LED
Interior Lights
Front and Rear Map Lights LED
Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Front Door Pocket Lights LED
Center Pocket Light LED
Beverage Holder Light LED
Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W
Console Compartment Light LED
Glove Box Light LED
Front and Rear
*1
Foot Lights LED
Door Inner Handle Lights LED
Trunk Light 5 W
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 586 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
587
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake Fluid
■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
■ Twin Motor Unit Fluid
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Acura ATF DW-1
Capacity Change 3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
Specified Acura ATF DW-1
Capacity Change 2.56 US qt (2.42 L)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
■ Inverter Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
Change
including
filter
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
2.1 US gal (7.9 L)
(change including the remaining
0.225 US gal (0.85 L) in the reserve tank)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
0.32 US gal (1.23 L)
(change including the remaining
0.03 US gal (0.11 L) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire kit
Regular
Size 245/40R19 98W
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
36 (250 [2.5])
Compact
Spare
*1
Size T155/70D17 110M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular 19 x 8J
Compact Spare
*1
17 x 4T
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 587 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
588
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
Motor Number, and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, motor number, and
transmission number are shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor
Number, and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Dual Clutch
Transmission
Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Number
Motor Number
Motor Number
Motor Number
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 588 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
589
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 589 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
590
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 590 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
591
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt
battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power
system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it
then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes
are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Turn the power system on.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt
battery is disconnected, and set again only after
several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 591 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
592
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
5. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 mph (80 km/h) over for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D
with SPORT mode. Do not use cruise control.
6. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
7. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 592 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
593
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S.Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 593 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
594
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage
for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: [email protected]
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 594 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
595
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 595 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
596
Information
Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client
Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 100-5E-8F
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-866-78-ACURA
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number P. 588
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 596 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
597
uuClient Service Informationu
Continued
Information
Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote®.
Gracenote is the industry standard in music
recognition technology and related content
delivery.
For more information, visit
www.gracenote.com.
When music is recorded to the HDD from a
CD, information such as the recording artist
and track name are retrieved from the
Gracenote Database and displayed (when
available).
Gracenote may not contain information for
all albums.
Gracenote is an internet-based music
recognition service that allows artist, album,
and track information from CDs to display
on the HDD.
Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates
a year. More information about Gracenote,
its features, and downloads are available at
■
Gracenote Music Recognition
Service (CDDB)
www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca
(in Canada).
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000 to present Gracenote.
One or more patents owned by Gracenote
apply to this product and service. See the
Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list
of applicable Gracenote patents.
Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,
the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the
“Powered by Gracenote” logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of
Gracenote in the United States and/or other
countries.
This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville,
California (“Gracenote”). The software
from Gracenote (the “Gracenote
Software”) enables this application to
perform disc and/or file identification and
obtain music- related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
(“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or
■
Gracenote® END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
embedded databases (collectively,
“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data
only by means of the intended End-User
functions or this application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal non-
commercial use only.
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any
Gracenote Data to any third party.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions. If
your license terminates, you agree to cease
any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 597 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
598
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide.
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce
its rights under this Agreement against you
directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding
the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in
the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves
the right to delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data categories for any
cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No
warranty is made that the Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers are error-
free or that functioning of Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to provide you
with new enhanced or additional data types
or categories that Gracenote may provide in
the future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES
NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote 2009
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via WiFi or
cellular data network.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 598 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
599
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying tracks, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 599 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
Index
600
Index
Index
Numbers
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator ............................................ 81, 567
A
AAC.................................................... 245, 268
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 456
Accessories and Modifications................. 537
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 190
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System ............ 395
AcuraLink .................................................. 363
AcuraWatch
TM
..................................... 26, 396
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow..................................... 90, 402
Additives
Coolant ........................................... 509, 511
Washer.................................................... 513
Additives, Engine Oil................................ 504
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 181
Front Seats .............................. 175, 178, 180
Head Restraints........................................ 178
Mirrors .................................................... 172
Steering Wheel........................................ 171
Temperature............................................ 116
Agile Handling Assist................................ 441
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 207
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 531
Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 208
Sensors ................................................... 209
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Air Pressure....................................... 521, 587
Airbags........................................................ 45
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 51
Airbag Care............................................... 59
Driver’s Knee Airbag.................................. 52
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 48
Indicator.............................................. 57, 84
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 58
Sensors ..................................................... 45
Side Airbags .............................................. 54
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 56
AM/FM Radio............................................ 237
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 456
Indicator.................................................... 84
Armrest ..................................................... 181
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 215
Audio System............................................ 212
Adjusting the Sound................................ 230
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 213
Error Messages........................................ 273
General Information ................................ 277
HDD........................................................ 248
Internet Radio ......................................... 266
iPod ........................................................ 258
MP3/WMA/AAC ............................. 245, 268
Reactivating ............................................ 214
Recommended CDs ................................ 278
Recommended Devices ........................... 280
Remote Controls..................................... 215
Security Code ......................................... 214
Shortcuts ................................................ 218
Theft Protection ...................................... 214
USB Flash Drives...................................... 280
USB Port ................................................. 213
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 225
Authorized Manuals ................................ 595
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 142
Customize .............................................. 310
Auto Engine Stop/Start.............................. 13
Auto High-Beam ...................................... 160
Indicator ................................................... 87
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 454
Indicator ........................................... 78, 454
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator ........................................... 78, 454
Automatic Lighting.................................. 157
Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 213
Average Fuel Economy ............................ 116
Average Speed ......................................... 117
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 600 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
601
Index
B
Battery
12-Volt ................................................... 529
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator ......................................... 81, 567
Charging (12-Volt Battery) ...................... 529
High Voltage........................................... 449
Jump Starting ......................................... 562
Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt
Battery) ................................................. 529
Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 530
Battery Types.............................................. 12
Belts (Seat).................................................. 38
Beverage Holders..................................... 189
Blind spot information System................ 443
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 271
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® .................... 324
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 71
Brake System ............................................ 450
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 456
Automatic Brake Hold............................. 454
Brake Assist System................................. 457
Fluid ....................................................... 512
Foot Brake .............................................. 453
Parking Brake.......................................... 450
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator ................................................... 79
Brake System (Red)
Indicator ........................................... 76, 568
Brightness Control (Head-Up Display) .... 167
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 166
Bulb Replacement .................................... 514
Back-Up Lights ........................................ 516
Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker
Lights .................................................... 515
Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights .......... 516
Fog Lights................................................ 514
Front Side Marker Lights .......................... 515
Front Turn Signal Lights ........................... 514
Headlights ............................................... 514
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 516
Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 514
Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 516
Rear Turn Signal Lights ............................ 515
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights .................................................... 515
Taillights.................................................. 515
Bulb Specifications ................................... 586
C
CAMERA Button ....................................... 479
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 72
Cargo Area................................................ 193
Cargo Hooks ............................................. 192
Carrying Cargo.................................. 373, 375
CD Player................................................... 245
Center Pocket ........................................... 188
Certification Label .................................... 588
Changing Bulbs......................................... 514
Child Safety................................................. 60
Childproof Door Locks............................. 141
Child Seat.................................................... 60
Booster Seats ............................................ 71
Child Seat for Infants................................. 62
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 63
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt ......................................................... 67
Larger Children ......................................... 70
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 62
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 64
Using a Tether........................................... 69
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 141
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 534
Cleaning the Interior................................ 532
Client Service Information ....................... 596
Climate Control System............................ 200
Changing the Mode ................................ 203
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 207
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 531
Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 208
Sensors ................................................... 209
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200
Clock.......................................................... 128
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
)................................................. 458
Coat Hooks ............................................... 191
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 458
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 601 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
602
Index
Compact Spare Tire (Optional) ........ 553, 587
Console Compartment ............................. 187
Controls ..................................................... 127
Coolant (Engine)....................................... 509
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 510
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 509
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 85
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 85
Overheating............................................. 565
Coolant (Inverter) ..................................... 511
Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission)....... 384
Cross Traffic Monitor................................ 472
Cup Holders............................................... 189
Customized Features ................................ 295
D
Daytime Running Lights........................... 159
Dead Battery (12-Volt) ............................. 562
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows.................................................. 207
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 589
Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 156
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 505
Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 155
Door Mirrors ............................................. 173
Doors ......................................................... 129
Auto Door Locking .................................. 142
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 142
Door Open Message.................................. 37
Keys ........................................................ 129
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Inside ........................................ 18, 139
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Outside ........................................... 131
Lockout Prevention System...................... 137
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 523
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 52
Driving ...................................................... 371
Braking ................................................... 450
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 384
Shifting Gear........................................... 385
Turning on the Power.............................. 378
Driving Position Memory System ............ 169
Dual Clutch Transmission
Creeping ................................................. 384
Fluid........................................................ 512
Kickdown................................................ 384
Operating the Shift Button ................ 23, 387
Shifting ................................................... 385
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 531
E
Elapsed Time............................................. 117
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator.................................................... 77
Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator............................................ 77, 569
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator ........................................... 84, 569
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 439
Emergency................................................ 580
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 591
Energy Efficiency........................................ 12
Engine....................................................... 588
Coolant .................................................. 509
Jump Starting ......................................... 562
Oil .......................................................... 504
Remote Engine Start ............................... 380
Engine Compartment Cover.................... 503
Engine Coolant ........................................ 509
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 510
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 509
High Temperature Indicator ...................... 85
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 85
Overheating............................................ 565
Engine Oil................................................. 504
Adding ................................................... 506
Checking ................................................ 505
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 496
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 76, 567
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 504
e-pretensioners .......................................... 40
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System........ 84
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 72
Expanded Rear Door Sunshades ............. 199
Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 534
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 173
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 602 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
603
Index
F
Features .................................................... 211
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 531
Oil .......................................................... 507
Flat Tire............................................. 541, 553
Floor Mats ................................................ 533
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 512
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 512
Engine Coolant ....................................... 509
Inverter Coolant...................................... 511
Windshield Washer ................................. 513
Foot Brake ................................................ 453
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 48
Front Seat Heaters ................................... 195
Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation ........ 196
Front Seats
Adjusting ................................ 175, 178, 180
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 400
Fuel ..................................................... 25, 488
Economy................................................. 490
Gauge .................................................... 112
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 117
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 83
Range ..................................................... 117
Recommendation............................ 488, 586
Refueling ................................................ 488
Fuel Economy ........................................... 490
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 25, 489
Fuses .......................................................... 572
Inspecting and Changing......................... 579
Locations................................. 572, 576, 577
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 490
Gauge ..................................................... 112
Information ............................................. 488
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 117
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 83
Refueling................................................. 488
Gauges ...................................................... 112
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 81, 387
Gear Shift Positions
Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 385
Glass (care) ........................................ 532, 535
Glove Box .................................................. 184
H
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 539
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 324
Auto Answer ........................................... 338
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and
Call History ............................................ 340
Automatic Transferring ............................ 338
Displaying Messages................................ 358
Editing User Name................................... 337
HFL Buttons............................................. 324
HFL Menus .............................................. 326
HFL Status Display ................................... 325
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 325
Making a Call.......................................... 349
Options During a Call .............................. 355
Phone Setup............................................ 330
Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 344
Receiving a Call....................................... 354
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 356
Ring Tone................................................ 339
Roadside Assistance ................................ 362
Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 357
Speed Dial............................................... 341
To Create a Security PIN .......................... 336
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message
Option................................................... 335
Use Contact Photo .................................. 339
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 248
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
Head Restraints ........................................ 178
Headlight Washers ................................... 165
Headlights................................................. 156
Aiming.................................................... 514
Auto High-Beam ..................................... 160
Automatic Operation............................... 157
Dimming ................................................. 156
Operating................................................ 156
Head-Up Display....................................... 119
Brightness Control................................... 167
Heated Steering Wheel............................ 194
Heaters (Seat) ........................... 195, 196, 197
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 603 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
604
Index
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ............................... 324
High Beam Indicator................................... 87
High Voltage Battery................................ 449
Hill Start Assist System.............................. 382
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 321
Honda App License Agreement............... 281
Hybrid Vehicle
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) ............ 9
I
Identification Numbers
Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............. 588
Vehicle Identification ............................... 588
Illumination Control
Buttons............................................ 166, 167
Immobilizer System .................................. 146
Indicator.................................................... 87
Indicators..................................................... 76
12-Volt Battery Charging System ....... 81, 567
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow.............................................. 90, 402
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 84
Auto High-Beam........................................ 87
Automatic Brake Hold........................ 78, 454
Automatic Brake Hold System............ 78, 454
Blind spot information System ........... 92, 444
Brake System (Amber)................................ 79
Brake System (Red) ............................ 76, 568
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)........................................... 92, 93
Door and Trunk Open ............................... 37
Electric Parking Brake ................................ 77
Electric Parking Brake System ............ 77, 569
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System.. 84, 569
Fog Light................................................... 87
Gear Position............................................. 81
High Beam ................................................ 87
High Temperature ..................................... 85
Immobilizer System ................................... 87
Keyless Access System ............................... 88
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).... 91, 423
Lights On .................................................. 87
Low Fuel ................................................... 83
Low Oil Pressure................................ 76, 567
Low Temperature ...................................... 85
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 86, 445, 447
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 81, 568
POWER SYSTEM........................................ 80
READY ...................................................... 80
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 89
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 39, 83
Security System Alarm ............................... 88
SPORT Mode ..................................... 88, 393
Supplemental Restraint System............ 57, 84
System Message........................................ 86
Transmission System.................................. 82
Turn Signal................................................ 86
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System ............................................ 85, 439
VSA® OFF.......................................... 85, 440
Information .............................................. 585
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 117
Instrument Panel........................................ 75
Brightness Control .................................. 166
Interface Dial............................................ 216
Interior Lights........................................... 182
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 172
Inverter Coolant....................................... 511
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................ 556
Jump Starting........................................... 562
K
Key Number Tag ...................................... 130
Keyless Access System .............................. 131
Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 137
Keys........................................................... 129
Lockout Prevention ................................. 137
Number Tag............................................ 130
Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 141
Remote Transmitter ................................ 136
Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 138, 380
Types and Functions................................ 129
Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 384
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 604 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
605
Index
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 421
Language (HFL) ........................................ 325
LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 65
Lights ................................................ 156, 514
Auto High-Beam ..................................... 160
Auto High-Beam Indicator......................... 87
Automatic............................................... 157
Bulb Replacement ................................... 514
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 159
Fog Lights ............................................... 159
High Beam Indicator ................................. 87
Interior.................................................... 182
Light Switches......................................... 156
Lights On Indicator.................................... 87
Turn Signals ............................................ 155
Load Limits ............................................... 375
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 129
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 142
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 141
From Inside ............................................. 139
From Outside .......................................... 131
Keys........................................................ 129
Using a Key............................................. 137
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 137
Low Battery Charge (12-Volt) ................. 567
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 83
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength.................................................. 130
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 76, 567
Lower Anchors ........................................... 65
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 375
Lumbar Support........................................ 176
M
Maintenance............................................. 491
12-Volt Battery ........................................ 529
Brake Fluid .............................................. 512
Cleaning.................................................. 532
Climate Control System ........................... 531
Coolant ........................................... 509, 511
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 495
Oil ........................................................... 505
Precautions.............................................. 492
Radiator .................................................. 510
Remote Transmitter ................................. 530
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 514
Safety...................................................... 493
Service Items ........................................... 498
Tires ........................................................ 520
Transmission Fluid ................................... 512
Under the Hood ...................................... 501
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 81, 568
Map Lights ................................................ 183
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 375
Meters, Gauges......................................... 112
Mirrors
Adjusting................................................. 172
Door........................................................ 173
Exterior.................................................... 173
Interior Rearview ..................................... 172
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 537
Moonroof ................................................. 151
MP3 ................................................... 245, 268
Multi-Information Display ....................... 114
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 476
N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 588
O
Odometer ................................................. 116
Oil (Engine)....................................... 504, 587
Adding.................................................... 506
Checking................................................. 505
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 496
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 76, 567
Recommended Engine Oil ............... 504, 587
Viscosity.......................................... 504, 587
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
............. 217
Open Source Licenses............................... 294
Opening
Trunk ...................................................... 582
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 502
Moonroof ............................................... 151
Power Windows...................................... 149
Trunk ...................................................... 143
Operating the Switches Around the Steering
Wheel ...................................................... 152
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 605 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
606
Index
Outside Temperature Display .................. 116
Overheating.............................................. 565
P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) .......... 392
Pandora® ................................................... 267
Panic Mode ............................................... 148
Parking ...................................................... 466
Parking Brake............................................ 450
Parking Sensor System.............................. 468
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 58
Passing Indicators ..................................... 156
POWER Button.......................................... 152
Power Distribution Monitor............. 124, 227
Power Rear Sunshade............................... 198
Power System
Turning on............................................... 378
POWER SYSTEM Indicator .......................... 80
Power Windows........................................ 149
Precautions While Driving
Rain......................................................... 383
Pregnant Women ....................................... 43
Puncture (Tire) .................................. 541, 553
R
Radiator..................................................... 510
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 237
Radio (SiriusXM®)...................................... 242
Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 239
Range........................................................ 117
RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 239
Reactive Force Pedal ................................ 394
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing)....... 591
READY Indicator......................................... 80
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 168
Rear Seat Heaters ..................................... 197
Rear Temperature Control Dial ............... 208
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172
Refueling .................................................. 488
Fuel Gauge.............................................. 112
Gasoline.......................................... 488, 586
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 83
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative
Braking...................................................... 12
Regulations............................... 447, 523, 589
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback ................................................. 380
Remote Transmitter ................................. 136
Replacement
Battery .................................................... 530
Bulbs....................................................... 514
Fuses....................................... 572, 576, 577
Tires ........................................................ 526
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 517
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 590
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 116
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 173
Right Selector Wheel ............................... 114
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 416
On and Off ............................................. 418
S
Safe Driving................................................ 33
Safety Labels .............................................. 73
Safety Message ............................................ 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 38
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 42
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 40
Checking .................................................. 44
e-pretensioners ......................................... 40
Fastening .................................................. 41
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt ......................................................... 67
Pregnant Women...................................... 43
Reminder ............................................ 39, 83
Warning Indicator ............................... 39, 83
Seat Heaters ............................. 195, 196, 197
Seats
Adjusting ................................................ 175
Front Seats.............................. 175, 178, 180
Seat Heaters ........................... 195, 196, 197
Security System ........................................ 146
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 87
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 88
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 64
Sequential Mode...................................... 391
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 606 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
607
Index
Sequential Mode Operation ................... 392
Setting the Clock...................................... 128
Shift Button........................................ 23, 385
Operation ............................................... 387
Shifting (Transmission) ...................... 23, 385
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 42
Side Airbags ............................................... 54
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 56
SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 242
Snow Tires ................................................ 528
Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID SH-
AWD® System ........................................... 13
Spare Tire (Optional) ....................... 553, 587
Spark Plugs ............................................... 586
Specifications ........................................... 586
Specified Fuel ................................... 488, 586
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) ....... 442
SPORT Mode............................................. 393
SPORT Mode Indicator....................... 88, 393
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 48
Steering Wheel
Adjusting ................................................ 171
Stopping ................................................... 466
Summer Tires............................................ 528
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 48
Surround View Camera System............... 478
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 152
System Message Indicator ......................... 86
T
Temperature
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 85
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 85
Temperature Sensor ................................. 209
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 542
Tie-down Anchors .................................... 192
Time (Setting) ........................................... 128
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 445
Indicator............................................ 86, 570
Tires ........................................................... 520
Air Pressure ..................................... 521, 587
Chains..................................................... 528
Checking and Maintaining....................... 520
Flat Tire (Puncture)................................... 541
Inspection................................................ 520
Labeling .................................................. 521
Regulations ............................................. 523
Rotation .................................................. 527
Spare (Optional) .............................. 553, 587
Summer .................................................. 528
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 542
Wear Indicators ....................................... 525
Winter..................................................... 528
Tools .......................................................... 540
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 377
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 377
Emergency .............................................. 580
Transmission ....................................... 23, 385
Dual Clutch ............................... 23, 384, 385
Fluid........................................................ 512
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 81, 387
Number................................................... 588
Sequential Mode ..................................... 391
TRIP Button............................................... 115
Trip Meter................................................. 116
Troubleshooting....................................... 539
Blown Fuse.............................. 572, 576, 577
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 29
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 29
Emergency Towing.................................. 580
Flat Tire/Puncture ............................ 541, 553
Noise When Braking.................................. 30
Overheating ............................................ 565
Power System Won’t Start....................... 559
Premium Gasoline ........................... 488, 586
Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 29, 141
Warning Indicators .................................... 76
Trunk
Lid........................................................... 143
Light Bulbs .............................................. 586
Release Handle........................................ 582
Unable to Open....................................... 582
Turn Signals .............................................. 155
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 86
Turn-by-Turn Directions................... 118, 123
Turning on the Power.............................. 378
Does Not Activate ................................... 559
Jump Starting.......................................... 562
Remote Engine Start................................ 380
Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 138, 380
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 607 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
608
Index
U
Unlocking the Doors................................. 131
Unlocking the Front Doors from
the Inside........................................... 18, 139
USB Flash Drives........................................ 280
USB Port .................................................... 213
Using the Keyless Access System.............. 131
V
Valet Mode ............................................... 185
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number................. 588
Vehicle Speed............................................ 123
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)............... 439
Off Button ............................................... 440
Off Indicator ...................................... 85, 440
System Indicator ................................ 85, 439
Viscosity (Oil)..................................... 504, 587
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
)............... 439
W
Warning and Information Messages ......... 94
Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 567
Warning Labels ........................................... 73
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 593
Watts ......................................................... 586
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 525
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 556
Window Washers ..................................... 163
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 513
Switch..................................................... 163
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 149
Windshield
Cleaning ......................................... 532, 535
Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 207
Washer Fluid ........................................... 513
Wiper Blades ........................................... 517
Wipers and Washers................................ 163
Winter Tires
Snow Tires .............................................. 528
Tire Chains .............................................. 528
Wipers and Washers................................. 163
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 517
WMA ................................................. 245, 268
Worn Tires ................................................ 520
20 ACURA RLX HYBRID-31TY36601.book 608 ページ ２０１９年７月２３日 火曜日 午後６時２５分
owners.acura.com
acura.ca (Canada)
2020 Acura RLX Sport Hybrid Owner’s Manual
© 2019 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31TY3660
OM-12714
00X31-TY3-6601 Printed in U.S.A.
